]> Git Repo - binutils.git/blame - gas/config/tc-hppa.c
projects / binutils.git / blame
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
blob | blame (incremental) | history | HEAD
PR gas/11395
[binutils.git] / gas / config / tc-hppa.c
CommitLineData
252b5132 1/* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
91c2f09e
DA		 2 Copyright 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH		 4
5 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
6
7 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
ec2655a6 9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
252b5132
RH		 10 any later version.
11
12 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
4b4da160
NC		 19 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
20 02110-1301, USA. */
252b5132 21
252b5132
RH		 22/* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
23 at the University of Utah. */
24
252b5132 25#include "as.h"
3882b010 26#include "safe-ctype.h"
252b5132 27#include "subsegs.h"
c79b7c30 28#include "dw2gencfi.h"
252b5132
RH		 29
30#include "bfd/libhppa.h"
252b5132
RH		 31
32/* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
33#include "opcode/hppa.h"
34
49863f82
JL		 35#if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
36error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
37#endif
38
2d93dcc4
JL		 39/* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
40 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
41 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
42#ifdef OBJ_ELF
43#include "dwarf2dbg.h"
2d93dcc4 44
0234cb7c 45/* A "convenient" place to put object file dependencies which do
252b5132 46 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
ad1079af 47
252b5132 48/* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
ad1079af 49typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
252b5132
RH		 50
51/* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
52typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
ad1079af
AM		 53#define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
54 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
252b5132 55
ad1079af 56#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
252b5132 57/* How to generate a relocation. */
b388df87 58#define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
3dcfe21d 59#define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type
b388df87
JL		 60#else
61#define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
3dcfe21d 62#define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type
b388df87 63#endif
252b5132
RH		 64
65/* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
66 to store a copyright string. */
67#define obj_version obj_elf_version
68#define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
46031ca9
JL		 69
70#define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
ad1079af 71#endif /* OBJ_ELF */
252b5132
RH		 72
73#ifdef OBJ_SOM
74/* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
75#define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
76#define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
77#define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
78#define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
79
80/* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
81typedef int reloc_type;
82
83/* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
84#define obj_version obj_som_version
85#define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
86
252b5132
RH		 87/* How to generate a relocation. */
88#define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
89
90/* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
91typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
ad1079af
AM		 92#define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
93 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
252b5132
RH		 94
95/* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
96#ifndef R_DLT_REL
97#define R_DLT_REL 0x78
98#endif
252b5132
RH		 99
100#ifndef R_N0SEL
101#define R_N0SEL 0xd8
102#endif
103
104#ifndef R_N1SEL
105#define R_N1SEL 0xd9
106#endif
ad1079af 107#endif /* OBJ_SOM */
252b5132 108
8a238888
AM		 109#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
110#define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25
111#else
112#define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10
113#endif
114
252b5132
RH		 115/* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
116
117/* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
118
119struct unwind_desc
120 {
121 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
122 unsigned int millicode:1;
123 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
124 unsigned int region_desc:2;
125 unsigned int save_sr:2;
126 unsigned int entry_fr:4;
127 unsigned int entry_gr:5;
128 unsigned int args_stored:1;
129 unsigned int call_fr:5;
130 unsigned int call_gr:5;
131 unsigned int save_sp:1;
132 unsigned int save_rp:1;
133 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
134 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
135 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
136
137 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
138 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
139 unsigned int reserved:3;
140 unsigned int frame_size:27;
141 };
142
da6c73e0
AM		 143/* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular
144 place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to
145 object files. */
146#define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \
147 (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \
148 | ((U)->millicode << 30) \
149 | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \
150 | ((U)->region_desc << 27) \
151 | ((U)->save_sr << 25) \
152 | ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \
153 | ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \
154 | ((U)->args_stored << 15) \
155 | ((U)->call_fr << 10) \
156 | ((U)->call_gr << 5) \
157 | ((U)->save_sp << 4) \
158 | ((U)->save_rp << 3) \
159 | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \
160 | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \
161 | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0))
162
163#define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \
164 (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \
165 | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \
166 | ((U)->frame_size << 0))
167
252b5132
RH		 168struct unwind_table
169 {
170 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
171 descriptor. */
172 unsigned int start_offset;
173 unsigned int end_offset;
174 struct unwind_desc descriptor;
175 };
176
177/* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
178 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
179 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
180
181 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
182 prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
183
184 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
185 .callinfo pseudo-op. */
186
187struct call_info
188 {
189 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */
190 struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
191
192 /* Name of this function. */
193 symbolS *start_symbol;
194
195 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
196 symbolS *end_symbol;
197
198 /* Next entry in the chain. */
199 struct call_info *ci_next;
200 };
201
202/* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
203 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
204 SGL and DBL). */
205typedef enum
206 {
207 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
208 }
209fp_operand_format;
210
211/* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
212 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
213 (ELF has no need for it). */
214typedef enum
215 {
216 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
217 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
218 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
219 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
220 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
221 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
222 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
223 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
224 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
225 }
226pa_symbol_type;
227
228/* This structure contains information needed to assemble
229 individual instructions. */
230struct pa_it
231 {
232 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
233 unsigned long opcode;
234
235 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
236 expressionS exp;
237
238 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
239 int pcrel;
240
241 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
242 fp_operand_format fpof1;
243 fp_operand_format fpof2;
244
1cf6ae67
JL		 245 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
246 int trunc;
252b5132
RH		 247
248 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
249 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */
250 long field_selector;
251
252 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
253 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
ad1079af 254 unsigned int arg_reloc;
252b5132
RH		 255
256 /* The format specification for this instruction. */
257 int format;
258
259 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
260 reloc_type reloc;
261 };
262
263/* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
264
252b5132
RH		 265 +--------------+--------------+
266 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
267 +--------------+--------------+
268 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
269 +--------------+--------------+
270 | | |
271
272 . . .
273 . . .
274 . . .
275
276 | | |
277 +--------------+--------------+
278 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
279 +--------------+--------------+
280 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
ecacdc7a 281 +--------------+--------------+ */
252b5132
RH		 282
283/* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
284struct call_desc
285 {
286 /* The argument relocation specification. */
287 unsigned int arg_reloc;
288
289 /* Number of arguments. */
290 unsigned int arg_count;
291 };
292
49863f82 293#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 294/* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
295 chain. */
296
297struct subspace_dictionary_chain
298 {
299 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
300 unsigned int ssd_defined;
301
302 /* Name of this subspace. */
303 char *ssd_name;
304
305 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
306 asection *ssd_seg;
307 int ssd_subseg;
308
309 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
310 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
311 };
312
313typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
314
315/* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
316 chain. */
317
318struct space_dictionary_chain
319 {
320 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
321 as a default space. */
322 unsigned int sd_defined;
323
324 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
325 unsigned int sd_user_defined;
326
327 /* The space number (or index). */
328 unsigned int sd_spnum;
329
330 /* The name of this subspace. */
331 char *sd_name;
332
333 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
334 asection *sd_seg;
335
336 /* Current subsegment number being used. */
337 int sd_last_subseg;
338
339 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
340 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
341
342 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
343 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
344 };
345
346typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
347
252b5132
RH		 348/* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
349 dictionary entries. */
350
351struct default_subspace_dict
352 {
353 /* Name of the subspace. */
354 char *name;
355
356 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
357 char defined;
358
359 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
360 char loadable;
361
362 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
363 char code_only;
364
351e2b5a
DA		 365 /* Nonzero if this is a comdat subspace. */
366 char comdat;
367
252b5132
RH		 368 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
369 char common;
370
371 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
372 to be multiply defined. */
373 char dup_common;
374
375 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
376 char zero;
377
378 /* Sort key for this subspace. */
379 unsigned char sort;
380
381 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
382 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
383 int access;
384
385 /* Index of containing space. */
386 int space_index;
387
388 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
389 int alignment;
390
391 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
392 int quadrant;
393
394 /* An index into the default spaces array. */
395 int def_space_index;
396
252b5132
RH		 397 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
398 subsegT subsegment;
399 };
400
401/* This structure defines attributes of the default space
402 dictionary entries. */
403
404struct default_space_dict
405 {
406 /* Name of the space. */
407 char *name;
408
409 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
410 assembly code numerically! */
411 int spnum;
412
413 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
414 char loadable;
415
416 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
417 char defined;
418
419 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
420 char private;
421
422 /* Sort key for this space. */
423 unsigned char sort;
424
425 /* Segment associated with this space. */
426 asection *segment;
252b5132 427 };
49863f82
JL		 428#endif
429
430/* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
431 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
432 label. */
433typedef struct label_symbol_struct
434 {
435 struct symbol *lss_label;
436#ifdef OBJ_SOM
437 sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
438#endif
439#ifdef OBJ_ELF
440 segT lss_segment;
441#endif
442 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
443 }
444label_symbol_struct;
252b5132
RH		 445
446/* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
447struct hppa_fix_struct
448 {
449 /* The field selector. */
450 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
451
452 /* Type of fixup. */
453 int fx_r_type;
454
455 /* Format of fixup. */
456 int fx_r_format;
457
458 /* Argument relocation bits. */
ad1079af 459 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
252b5132
RH		 460
461 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */
462 segT segment;
463 };
464
465/* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
466
467struct pd_reg
468 {
469 char *name;
470 int value;
471 };
472
473/* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
474 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
475struct fp_cond_map
476 {
477 char *string;
478 int cond;
479 };
480
481/* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
482 string to a field selector type. */
483struct selector_entry
484 {
485 char *prefix;
486 int field_selector;
487 };
488
489/* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
490
49863f82 491#ifdef OBJ_SOM
9b52905e 492static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void);
49863f82
JL		 493#endif
494
85cf2a8a 495#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
9b52905e
NC		 496static void pa_text (int);
497static void pa_data (int);
498static void pa_comm (int);
ad1079af 499#endif
49863f82 500#ifdef OBJ_SOM
9b52905e
NC		 501static int exact_log2 (int);
502static void pa_compiler (int);
503static void pa_align (int);
504static void pa_space (int);
505static void pa_spnum (int);
506static void pa_subspace (int);
507static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space (char *, int, int,
252b5132 508 int, int, int,
9b52905e
NC		 509 asection *, int);
510static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
252b5132 511 char *, int, int,
351e2b5a 512 int, int, int, int,
252b5132 513 int, int, int, int,
9b52905e
NC		 514 int, asection *);
515static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
252b5132
RH		 516 char *, int, int, int,
517 int, int, int, int,
351e2b5a 518 int, int, int, int,
9b52905e
NC		 519 asection *);
520static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space (char *);
521static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace (char *);
522static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space (asection *);
523static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *,
524 subsegT);
525static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number (int);
526static unsigned int pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *, int);
527static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt (char *, int);
252b5132
RH		 528#endif
529
67c1ffbe 530/* File and globally scoped variable declarations. */
252b5132 531
49863f82 532#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 533/* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
534static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
535static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
536
537/* The current space and subspace. */
538static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
539static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
49863f82 540#endif
252b5132
RH		 541
542/* Root of the call_info chain. */
543static struct call_info *call_info_root;
544
545/* The last call_info (for functions) structure
546 seen so it can be associated with fixups and
547 function labels. */
548static struct call_info *last_call_info;
549
550/* The last call description (for actual calls). */
551static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
552
553/* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
554static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
555
85c77c38
DA		 556/* These characters can be suffixes of opcode names and they may be
557 followed by meaningful whitespace. We don't include `,' and `!'
558 as they never appear followed by meaningful whitespace. */
559const char hppa_symbol_chars[] = "*?=<>";
f0d7d5f9 560
252b5132
RH		 561/* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
562 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
563 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
564
565 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
566 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
567 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
568
a28a3ccf 569 Also note that C style comments will always work. */
252b5132
RH		 570const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
571
ad1079af
AM		 572/* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
573 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
574const char comment_chars[] = ";";
575
252b5132
RH		 576/* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
577const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
578
579/* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
580const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
581
582/* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
583 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
584
585 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
499ac353
NC		 586 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't have to know about it
587 at all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
252b5132
RH		 588const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
589
590static struct pa_it the_insn;
591
0234cb7c 592/* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expression
252b5132
RH		 593 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
594 variable. */
595static char *expr_end;
596
597/* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
598static int callinfo_found;
599
600/* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
601static int within_entry_exit;
602
603/* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
604static int within_procedure;
605
ad1079af 606/* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
252b5132
RH		 607 seen in each subspace. */
608static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
609
610/* Holds the last field selector. */
611static int hppa_field_selector;
612
f0a3b40f 613/* Nonzero when strict matching is enabled. Zero otherwise.
0f4f8b56 614
f0a3b40f
DA		 615 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or
616 not strict matching should be enabled for that instruction.
617
618 Mainly, strict causes errors to be ignored when a match failure
619 occurs. However, it also affects the parsing of register fields
620 by pa_parse_number. */
621static int strict;
0f4f8b56 622
ecacdc7a
AM		 623/* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
624 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
625 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
626 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
627 register has a `r' suffix. */
628#define FP_REG_BASE 64
629#define FP_REG_RSEL 128
630static int pa_number;
631
993142d5 632#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 633/* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
634static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
993142d5 635#endif
252b5132
RH		 636
637/* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
638static int print_errors = 1;
639
640/* List of registers that are pre-defined:
641
642 Each general register has one predefined name of the form
643 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
644
645 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
646 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
647
648 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
649 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
650 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
651 again have the value <REGNUM>.
652
653 Many registers also have synonyms:
654
655 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
656 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
f394e3dd 657 %fr4 - %fr7 have %farg0 - %farg3 as synonyms
252b5132
RH		 658 %r30 has %sp as a synonym
659 %r27 has %dp as a synonym
660 %r2 has %rp as a synonym
661
662 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
663 here for brevity.
664
a28a3ccf 665 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
252b5132
RH		 666
667static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
668{
ecacdc7a
AM		 669 {"%arg0", 26},
670 {"%arg1", 25},
671 {"%arg2", 24},
672 {"%arg3", 23},
673 {"%cr0", 0},
674 {"%cr10", 10},
675 {"%cr11", 11},
676 {"%cr12", 12},
677 {"%cr13", 13},
678 {"%cr14", 14},
679 {"%cr15", 15},
680 {"%cr16", 16},
681 {"%cr17", 17},
682 {"%cr18", 18},
683 {"%cr19", 19},
684 {"%cr20", 20},
685 {"%cr21", 21},
686 {"%cr22", 22},
687 {"%cr23", 23},
688 {"%cr24", 24},
689 {"%cr25", 25},
690 {"%cr26", 26},
691 {"%cr27", 27},
692 {"%cr28", 28},
693 {"%cr29", 29},
694 {"%cr30", 30},
695 {"%cr31", 31},
696 {"%cr8", 8},
697 {"%cr9", 9},
698 {"%dp", 27},
699 {"%eiem", 15},
700 {"%eirr", 23},
f394e3dd
NC		 701 {"%farg0", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
702 {"%farg1", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
703 {"%farg2", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
704 {"%farg3", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
ecacdc7a
AM		 705 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
706 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
707 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
708 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
709 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
710 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
711 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
712 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
713 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
714 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
715 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
716 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
717 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
718 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
719 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
720 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
721 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
722 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
723 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
724 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
725 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
726 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
727 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
728 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
729 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
730 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
731 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
732 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
733 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
734 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
735 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
736 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
737 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
738 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
739 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
740 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
741 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
742 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
743 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
744 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
745 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
746 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
747 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
748 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
749 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
750 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
751 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
752 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
753 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
754 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
755 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
756 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
757 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
758 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
759 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
760 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
761 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
762 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
763 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
764 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
765 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
766 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
767 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
768 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
769 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
770 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
771 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
772 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
773 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
774 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
775 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
776 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
777 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
778 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
779 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
780 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
781 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
782 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
783 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
784 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
785 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
786 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
787 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
788 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
789 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
790 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
791 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
792 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
793 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
794 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
795 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
796 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
797 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
798 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
799 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
800 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
85cf2a8a 801 {"%fret", 4},
ecacdc7a
AM		 802 {"%hta", 25},
803 {"%iir", 19},
804 {"%ior", 21},
805 {"%ipsw", 22},
806 {"%isr", 20},
807 {"%itmr", 16},
808 {"%iva", 14},
8be31359
NC		 809#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
810 {"%mrp", 2},
811#else
812 {"%mrp", 31},
813#endif
ecacdc7a
AM		 814 {"%pcoq", 18},
815 {"%pcsq", 17},
816 {"%pidr1", 8},
817 {"%pidr2", 9},
252b5132
RH		 818 {"%pidr3", 12},
819 {"%pidr4", 13},
ecacdc7a
AM		 820 {"%ppda", 24},
821 {"%r0", 0},
822 {"%r1", 1},
823 {"%r10", 10},
824 {"%r11", 11},
825 {"%r12", 12},
826 {"%r13", 13},
827 {"%r14", 14},
828 {"%r15", 15},
829 {"%r16", 16},
830 {"%r17", 17},
831 {"%r18", 18},
832 {"%r19", 19},
833 {"%r2", 2},
834 {"%r20", 20},
835 {"%r21", 21},
836 {"%r22", 22},
837 {"%r23", 23},
838 {"%r24", 24},
839 {"%r25", 25},
840 {"%r26", 26},
841 {"%r27", 27},
842 {"%r28", 28},
843 {"%r29", 29},
844 {"%r3", 3},
845 {"%r30", 30},
846 {"%r31", 31},
847 {"%r4", 4},
848 {"%r5", 5},
849 {"%r6", 6},
850 {"%r7", 7},
851 {"%r8", 8},
852 {"%r9", 9},
853 {"%rctr", 0},
854 {"%ret0", 28},
855 {"%ret1", 29},
856 {"%rp", 2},
857 {"%sar", 11},
858 {"%sp", 30},
859 {"%sr0", 0},
860 {"%sr1", 1},
861 {"%sr2", 2},
862 {"%sr3", 3},
863 {"%sr4", 4},
864 {"%sr5", 5},
865 {"%sr6", 6},
866 {"%sr7", 7},
85cf2a8a
NC		 867 {"%t1", 22},
868 {"%t2", 21},
869 {"%t3", 20},
870 {"%t4", 19},
871 {"%tf1", 11},
872 {"%tf2", 10},
873 {"%tf3", 9},
874 {"%tf4", 8},
ecacdc7a
AM		 875 {"%tr0", 24},
876 {"%tr1", 25},
877 {"%tr2", 26},
878 {"%tr3", 27},
879 {"%tr4", 28},
880 {"%tr5", 29},
881 {"%tr6", 30},
882 {"%tr7", 31}
252b5132
RH		 883};
884
885/* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
886 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
887 for < first, we would get a false match. */
888static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
889{
890 {"false?", 0},
891 {"false", 1},
892 {"true?", 30},
893 {"true", 31},
894 {"!<=>", 3},
895 {"!?>=", 8},
896 {"!?<=", 16},
897 {"!<>", 7},
898 {"!>=", 11},
899 {"!?>", 12},
900 {"?<=", 14},
901 {"!<=", 19},
902 {"!?<", 20},
903 {"?>=", 22},
904 {"!?=", 24},
905 {"!=t", 27},
906 {"<=>", 29},
907 {"=t", 5},
908 {"?=", 6},
909 {"?<", 10},
910 {"<=", 13},
911 {"!>", 15},
912 {"?>", 18},
913 {">=", 21},
914 {"!<", 23},
915 {"<>", 25},
916 {"!=", 26},
917 {"!?", 28},
918 {"?", 2},
919 {"=", 4},
920 {"<", 9},
921 {">", 17}
922};
923
924static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
925{
926 {"f", e_fsel},
927 {"l", e_lsel},
928 {"ld", e_ldsel},
929 {"lp", e_lpsel},
930 {"lr", e_lrsel},
931 {"ls", e_lssel},
932 {"lt", e_ltsel},
39ba5561 933 {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
252b5132
RH		 934 {"n", e_nsel},
935 {"nl", e_nlsel},
936 {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
937 {"p", e_psel},
938 {"r", e_rsel},
939 {"rd", e_rdsel},
940 {"rp", e_rpsel},
941 {"rr", e_rrsel},
942 {"rs", e_rssel},
943 {"rt", e_rtsel},
39ba5561 944 {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
252b5132
RH		 945 {"t", e_tsel},
946};
947
49863f82 948#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 949/* default space and subspace dictionaries */
950
4e3b43ed
AM		 951#define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
952#define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
252b5132
RH		 953
954/* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
955#define SUBSEG_CODE 0
956#define SUBSEG_LIT 1
957#define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
958#define SUBSEG_DATA 0
959#define SUBSEG_BSS 2
960#define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
961#define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
962#define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
963
964static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
965{
351e2b5a
DA		 966 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
967 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
968 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
969 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
970 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
971 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
252b5132
RH		 972};
973
974static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
975{
49863f82
JL		 976 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
977 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
978 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
252b5132
RH		 979};
980
981/* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
982
252b5132
RH		 983/* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
984#define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
985#define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
986#define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
987#define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
988
989#define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
990#define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
49863f82
JL		 991#endif
992
993/* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
994 a right or left half of a FP register */
995#define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
996#define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
252b5132 997
91c2f09e
DA		 998/* Store immediate values of shift/deposit/extract functions. */
999
1000#define SAVE_IMMEDIATE(VALUE) \
1001 { \
1002 if (immediate_check) \
1003 { \
1004 if (pos == -1) \
1005 pos = (VALUE); \
1006 else if (len == -1) \
1007 len = (VALUE); \
1008 } \
1009 }
1010
252b5132
RH		 1011/* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
1012 main loop after insertion. */
1013
1014#define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1015 { \
1016 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1017 continue; \
1018 }
1019
0234cb7c 1020/* Simple range checking for FIELD against HIGH and LOW bounds.
252b5132
RH		 1021 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1022
1023#define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1024 { \
1025 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1026 { \
1027 if (! IGNORE) \
4e3b43ed 1028 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
252b5132 1029 (int) (FIELD));\
4e3b43ed 1030 break; \
252b5132
RH		 1031 } \
1032 }
1033
55cf6793 1034/* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix and other places where
b091f402
AM		 1035 the current file and line number are not valid. */
1036
1037#define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \
1038 { \
1039 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1040 { \
4e3b43ed 1041 as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \
b091f402
AM		 1042 _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1043 (int) (FIELD));\
4e3b43ed 1044 break; \
b091f402
AM		 1045 } \
1046 }
1047
0234cb7c 1048/* Simple alignment checking for FIELD against ALIGN (a power of two).
a02fab7e
JL		 1049 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1050
1051#define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1052 { \
1053 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1054 { \
1055 if (! IGNORE) \
4e3b43ed 1056 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
a02fab7e 1057 (int) (FIELD));\
4e3b43ed 1058 break; \
a02fab7e
JL		 1059 } \
1060 }
1061
252b5132
RH		 1062#define is_DP_relative(exp) \
1063 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
a0f75b47 1064 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
252b5132 1065
6bba1048
DA		 1066#define is_SB_relative(exp) \
1067 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1068 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$segrel$") == 0)
1069
252b5132
RH		 1070#define is_PC_relative(exp) \
1071 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
a0f75b47 1072 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
252b5132 1073
9b52905e
NC		 1074#define is_tls_gdidx(exp) \
1075 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1076 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0)
1077
1078#define is_tls_ldidx(exp) \
1079 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1080 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0)
1081
1082#define is_tls_dtpoff(exp) \
1083 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1084 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0)
1085
1086#define is_tls_ieoff(exp) \
1087 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1088 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0)
1089
1090#define is_tls_leoff(exp) \
1091 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1092 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_leoff$") == 0)
1093
252b5132
RH		 1094/* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
1095 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1096 need real complex handling yet. */
1097#define is_complex(exp) \
1098 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1099
1100/* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
1101
1102/* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
1103 proc/procend pairs match. */
1104
1105void
9b52905e 1106pa_check_eof (void)
252b5132
RH		 1107{
1108 if (within_entry_exit)
1109 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1110
1111 if (within_procedure)
1112 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1113}
1114
252b5132
RH		 1115/* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1116 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
1117
1118static label_symbol_struct *
9b52905e 1119pa_get_label (void)
252b5132
RH		 1120{
1121 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
252b5132
RH		 1122
1123 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1124 label_chain;
1125 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
49863f82
JL		 1126 {
1127#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1128 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1129 return label_chain;
1130#endif
1131#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1132 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
252b5132 1133 return label_chain;
49863f82
JL		 1134#endif
1135 }
252b5132
RH		 1136
1137 return NULL;
1138}
1139
1140/* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
1141 this function will replace it with the new label. */
1142
1143void
9b52905e 1144pa_define_label (symbolS *symbol)
252b5132
RH		 1145{
1146 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label ();
252b5132
RH		 1147
1148 if (label_chain)
1149 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1150 else
1151 {
1152 /* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain. */
9b52905e 1153 label_chain = xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct));
252b5132 1154 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
49863f82
JL		 1155#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1156 label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1157#endif
1158#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1159 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1160#endif
252b5132
RH		 1161 label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1162
1163 if (label_symbols_rootp)
1164 label_chain->lss_next = label_symbols_rootp;
1165
1166 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1167 }
07a53e5c
RH		 1168
1169#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1170 dwarf2_emit_label (symbol);
1171#endif
252b5132
RH		 1172}
1173
1174/* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1175 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
1176
1177static void
9b52905e 1178pa_undefine_label (void)
252b5132
RH		 1179{
1180 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1181 label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL;
252b5132
RH		 1182
1183 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1184 label_chain;
1185 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1186 {
49863f82
JL		 1187 if (1
1188#ifdef OBJ_SOM
cc8a6dd0 1189 && current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label
49863f82
JL		 1190#endif
1191#ifdef OBJ_ELF
cc8a6dd0 1192 && now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label
49863f82
JL		 1193#endif
1194 )
252b5132
RH		 1195 {
1196 /* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory. */
1197 if (prev_label_chain)
1198 prev_label_chain->lss_next = label_chain->lss_next;
1199 else
1200 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain->lss_next;
1201
1202 free (label_chain);
1203 break;
1204 }
1205 prev_label_chain = label_chain;
1206 }
1207}
1208
252b5132
RH		 1209/* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
1210 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
1211 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
1212 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1213 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
1214 tc_fix_data field. */
1215
1216static void
9b52905e
NC		 1217fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag,
1218 int where,
1219 int size,
1220 symbolS *add_symbol,
1221 offsetT offset,
1222 expressionS *exp,
1223 int pcrel,
1224 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type,
1225 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field,
1226 int r_format,
1227 unsigned int arg_reloc,
1228 int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132
RH		 1229{
1230 fixS *new_fix;
9b52905e 1231 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
252b5132
RH		 1232
1233 if (exp != NULL)
1234 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1235 else
1236 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1237 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1238 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1239 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1240 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1241 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1242 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1243#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1244 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
da6c73e0 1245 new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits;
252b5132
RH		 1246#endif
1247
1248 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
1249 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
904a31bf 1250 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
252b5132 1251 if (new_fix->fx_subsy
904a31bf 1252 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
6bba1048 1253 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$segrel$") == 0
9b52905e
NC		 1254 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0
1255 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0
1256 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0
1257 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0
1258 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0
1259 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_leoff$") == 0))
252b5132
RH		 1260 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1261}
1262
252b5132
RH		 1263/* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1264 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
1265
1266void
9b52905e 1267cons_fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag, int where, int size, expressionS *exp)
252b5132
RH		 1268{
1269 unsigned int rel_type;
1270
1271 /* Get a base relocation type. */
1272 if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1273 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
9992270f
DA		 1274 else if (is_PC_relative (*exp))
1275 rel_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
9b52905e 1276#ifdef OBJ_ELF
6bba1048
DA		 1277 else if (is_SB_relative (*exp))
1278 rel_type = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
9b52905e
NC		 1279 else if (is_tls_gdidx (*exp))
1280 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
1281 else if (is_tls_ldidx (*exp))
1282 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
1283 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (*exp))
1284 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
1285 else if (is_tls_ieoff (*exp))
1286 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
1287 else if (is_tls_leoff (*exp))
1288 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
1289#endif
252b5132
RH		 1290 else if (is_complex (*exp))
1291 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1292 else
1293 rel_type = R_HPPA;
1294
1295 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
ad1079af
AM		 1296 {
1297 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
1298 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1299 }
252b5132
RH		 1300
1301 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1302 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
da6c73e0 1303 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0);
252b5132
RH		 1304
1305 /* Reset field selector to its default state. */
1306 hppa_field_selector = 0;
1307}
1308
9b52905e 1309/* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
252b5132 1310
9b52905e
NC		 1311static void
1312get_expression (char *str)
252b5132 1313{
9b52905e
NC		 1314 char *save_in;
1315 asection *seg;
252b5132 1316
9b52905e
NC		 1317 save_in = input_line_pointer;
1318 input_line_pointer = str;
1319 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
1320 if (!(seg == absolute_section
1321 || seg == undefined_section
1322 || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
252b5132 1323 {
9b52905e
NC		 1324 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
1325 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
1326 input_line_pointer = save_in;
1327 return;
252b5132 1328 }
9b52905e
NC		 1329 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
1330 input_line_pointer = save_in;
1331}
252b5132 1332
9b52905e
NC		 1333/* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
1334 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
252b5132 1335
9b52905e
NC		 1336static int
1337pa_parse_nullif (char **s)
1338{
1339 int nullif;
252b5132 1340
9b52905e
NC		 1341 nullif = 0;
1342 if (**s == ',')
252b5132 1343 {
9b52905e
NC		 1344 *s = *s + 1;
1345 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
1346 nullif = 1;
1347 else
252b5132 1348 {
9b52905e
NC		 1349 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
1350 nullif = 0;
252b5132 1351 }
9b52905e 1352 *s = *s + 1;
252b5132
RH		 1353 }
1354
9b52905e 1355 return nullif;
252b5132
RH		 1356}
1357
9b52905e
NC		 1358char *
1359md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
1360{
499ac353 1361 return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, TRUE);
252b5132
RH		 1362}
1363
9b52905e 1364/* Write out big-endian. */
252b5132 1365
9b52905e
NC		 1366void
1367md_number_to_chars (char *buf, valueT val, int n)
252b5132 1368{
9b52905e
NC		 1369 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
1370}
252b5132 1371
9b52905e
NC		 1372/* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
1373 format. */
252b5132 1374
9b52905e
NC		 1375arelent **
1376tc_gen_reloc (asection *section, fixS *fixp)
1377{
1378 arelent *reloc;
1379 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
1380 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
1381 arelent **relocs;
1382 reloc_type **codes;
1383 reloc_type code;
1384 int n_relocs;
1385 int i;
b1c5e0ee 1386
9b52905e
NC		 1387 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
1388 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
1389 return &no_relocs;
252b5132 1390
9c2799c2
NC		 1391 gas_assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
1392 gas_assert (section != 0);
252b5132 1393
9b52905e 1394 reloc = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
252b5132 1395
9b52905e
NC		 1396 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1397 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
8c9b70b1
RH		 1398
1399 /* Allow fixup_segment to recognize hand-written pc-relative relocations.
1400 When we went through cons_fix_new_hppa, we classified them as complex. */
1401 /* ??? It might be better to hide this +8 stuff in tc_cfi_emit_pcrel_expr,
1402 undefine DIFF_EXPR_OK, and let these sorts of complex expressions fail
1403 when R_HPPA_COMPLEX == R_PARISC_UNIMPLEMENTED. */
1404 if (fixp->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_COMPLEX && fixp->fx_pcrel)
1405 {
1406 fixp->fx_r_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
1407 fixp->fx_offset += 8;
1408 }
1409
9b52905e
NC		 1410 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
1411 fixp->fx_r_type,
1412 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
1413 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
1414 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
1415 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
252b5132 1416
9b52905e
NC		 1417 if (codes == NULL)
1418 {
1419 as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup"));
1420 abort ();
1421 }
252b5132 1422
9b52905e
NC		 1423 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
1424 ;
252b5132 1425
9b52905e
NC		 1426 relocs = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
1427 reloc = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
1428 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
1429 relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
252b5132 1430
9b52905e 1431 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
252b5132 1432
9b52905e
NC		 1433#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1434 switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
252b5132 1435 {
9b52905e 1436 default:
9c2799c2 1437 gas_assert (n_relocs == 1);
252b5132 1438
9b52905e 1439 code = *codes[0];
252b5132 1440
9b52905e
NC		 1441 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
1442 switch (code)
1443 {
1444 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
1445 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
1446 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
1447 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
1448 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
1449 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
1450 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
1451 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
1452 (static link required). This adjustment is done in
1453 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
252b5132 1454
9b52905e
NC		 1455 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
1456 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
1457 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
1458 reloc->addend = 0;
1459 break;
252b5132 1460
9b52905e
NC		 1461#ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
1462 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
1463 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
1464 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
1465 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
1466 case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
1467 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
1468 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
1469 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
1470 fixp->fx_offset);
1471 break;
1472#endif
680ef6de 1473
9b52905e
NC		 1474 case R_PARISC_DIR32:
1475 /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */
1476 if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
1477 code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
1478 /* Fall thru */
252b5132 1479
9b52905e
NC		 1480 default:
1481 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1482 break;
1483 }
252b5132 1484
9b52905e
NC		 1485 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1486 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1487 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1488 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
1489 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
252b5132 1490
9c2799c2 1491 gas_assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
9b52905e
NC		 1492 break;
1493 }
1494#else /* OBJ_SOM */
252b5132 1495
9b52905e
NC		 1496 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
1497 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
1498 {
1499 code = *codes[i];
252b5132 1500
9b52905e
NC		 1501 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1502 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1503 relocs[i]->howto =
1504 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1505 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
1506 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
a97685e9 1507
9b52905e
NC		 1508 switch (code)
1509 {
1510 case R_COMP2:
1511 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
1512 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
1513 relocs now and break out of the loop. */
9c2799c2 1514 gas_assert (i == 1);
9b52905e
NC		 1515 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr
1516 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1517 relocs[0]->howto
1518 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1519 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
1520 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1521 relocs[0]->addend = 0;
1522 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1523 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1524 relocs[1]->howto
1525 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1526 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
1527 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1528 relocs[1]->addend = 0;
1529 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1530 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
1531 relocs[2]->howto
1532 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1533 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
1534 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1535 relocs[2]->addend = 0;
1536 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr
1537 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1538 relocs[3]->howto
1539 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1540 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
1541 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1542 relocs[3]->addend = 0;
1543 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr
1544 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1545 relocs[4]->howto
1546 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1547 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
1548 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1549 relocs[4]->addend = 0;
1550 goto done;
1551 case R_PCREL_CALL:
1552 case R_ABS_CALL:
1553 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
1554 break;
a97685e9 1555
9b52905e
NC		 1556 case R_DLT_REL:
1557 case R_DATA_PLABEL:
1558 case R_CODE_PLABEL:
1559 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
1560 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
1561 (static link required).
252b5132 1562
9b52905e 1563 FIXME: We always assume no static link!
252b5132 1564
9b52905e
NC		 1565 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
1566 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
1567 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
1568 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
1569 break;
413c94ba 1570
9b52905e
NC		 1571 case R_N_MODE:
1572 case R_S_MODE:
1573 case R_D_MODE:
1574 case R_R_MODE:
1575 case R_FSEL:
1576 case R_LSEL:
1577 case R_RSEL:
1578 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
1579 case R_END_BRTAB:
1580 case R_BEGIN_TRY:
1581 case R_N0SEL:
1582 case R_N1SEL:
1583 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
1584 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1585 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1586 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
1587 break;
252b5132 1588
9b52905e
NC		 1589 case R_END_TRY:
1590 case R_ENTRY:
1591 case R_EXIT:
1592 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
1593 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1594 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1595 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1596 break;
252b5132 1597
9b52905e
NC		 1598 default:
1599 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1600 }
1601 }
252b5132 1602
9b52905e
NC		 1603 done:
1604#endif
252b5132 1605
9b52905e
NC		 1606 return relocs;
1607}
252b5132 1608
9b52905e 1609/* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
680ef6de 1610
9b52905e
NC		 1611void
1612md_convert_frag (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1613 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1614 fragS *fragP)
1615{
1616 unsigned int address;
252b5132 1617
9b52905e
NC		 1618 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
1619 {
1620 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
1621 {
1622 case 0:
1623 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
1624 know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
1625 know (fragP->fr_next);
1626 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
1627 if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
1628 {
1629 fragP->fr_offset =
1630 fragP->fr_next->fr_address
1631 - fragP->fr_address
1632 - fragP->fr_fix;
1633 }
1634 else
1635 fragP->fr_offset = 0;
1636 break;
1637 }
1638 }
1639}
252b5132 1640
9b52905e 1641/* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
28252e61 1642
9b52905e
NC		 1643valueT
1644md_section_align (asection *segment, valueT size)
1645{
1646 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
1647 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
252b5132 1648
9b52905e
NC		 1649 return (size + align2) & ~align2;
1650}
28252e61 1651
9b52905e 1652/* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
d53d2751 1653
9b52905e
NC		 1654int
1655md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragS *fragP, asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1656{
1657 int size;
d53d2751 1658
9b52905e 1659 size = 0;
d53d2751 1660
9b52905e
NC		 1661 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
1662 size++;
d53d2751 1663
9b52905e
NC		 1664 return size;
1665}
1666\f
1667#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1668# ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1669const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
1670# else
1671const char *md_shortopts = "V";
1672# endif
1673#else
1674# ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1675const char *md_shortopts = "c";
1676# else
1677const char *md_shortopts = "";
1678# endif
1679#endif
ce674324 1680
9b52905e
NC		 1681struct option md_longopts[] =
1682{
1683#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1684 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
1685#endif
1686 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
1687};
1688size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
ce674324 1689
9b52905e
NC		 1690int
1691md_parse_option (int c, char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1692{
1693 switch (c)
1694 {
1695 default:
1696 return 0;
ce674324 1697
9b52905e
NC		 1698#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1699 case 'V':
1700 print_version_id ();
1701 break;
1702#endif
1703#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1704 case 'c':
1705 warn_comment = 1;
1706 break;
1707#endif
1708 }
ce674324 1709
9b52905e
NC		 1710 return 1;
1711}
680ef6de 1712
9b52905e
NC		 1713void
1714md_show_usage (FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1715{
1716#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1717 fprintf (stream, _("\
1718 -Q ignored\n"));
1719#endif
1720#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1721 fprintf (stream, _("\
1722 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
1723#endif
1724}
1725\f
1726/* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
680ef6de 1727
9b52905e
NC		 1728symbolS *
1729md_undefined_symbol (char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1730{
1731 return NULL;
1732}
680ef6de 1733
9b52905e
NC		 1734#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
1735#define nonzero_dibits(x) \
1736 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
1737#define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
1738 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
1739#else
1740#define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
1741#endif
680ef6de 1742
9b52905e 1743/* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
680ef6de 1744
9b52905e
NC		 1745void
1746md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT *valP, segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1747{
1748 char *fixpos;
1749 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
1750 offsetT new_val;
1751 int insn, val, fmt;
680ef6de 1752
9b52905e
NC		 1753 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
1754 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
1755 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
1756#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1757 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
1758 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
1759 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
1760 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
1761 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
1762 return;
28252e61 1763
9b52905e
NC		 1764 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
1765 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
1766 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
1767 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
1768 {
1769 fixP->fx_offset = * valP;
1770 return;
1771 }
1772#endif
1773#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1774 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
1775 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
1776 return;
1777#endif
28252e61 1778
9b52905e
NC		 1779 if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0)
1780 fixP->fx_done = 1;
680ef6de 1781
9b52905e
NC		 1782 /* There should be a HPPA specific fixup associated with the GAS fixup. */
1783 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
1784 if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
1785 {
1786 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
1787 _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"),
1788 fixP->fx_r_type);
1789 return;
1790 }
680ef6de 1791
9b52905e 1792 fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
9e4f2d3a 1793
9b52905e
NC		 1794 if (fixP->fx_size != 4 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_format == 32)
1795 {
1796 /* Handle constant output. */
1797 number_to_chars_bigendian (fixpos, *valP, fixP->fx_size);
1798 return;
1799 }
9e4f2d3a 1800
9b52905e
NC		 1801 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, fixpos);
1802 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
d53d2751 1803
9b52905e
NC		 1804 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
1805 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
1806 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
1807 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
1808 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
1809 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
1810#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1811 && fmt != 32
1812#endif
1813 )
1814 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
1815#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1816 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
1817 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
1818 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
1819 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
1820 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
1821 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
1822 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
1823 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
1824#endif
1825 else
1826 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
680ef6de 1827
9b52905e
NC		 1828 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
1829 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
1830 && fixP->fx_addsy
1831 && fixP->fx_pcrel
1832 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
1833 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
1834#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1835 && (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384
1836 || (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
1837 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
1838#endif
1839#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1840 && (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288
1841 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
1842#endif
1843 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
1844 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
1845 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
1846 && !(fixP->fx_subsy
1847 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
1848 {
1849 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
1850 }
680ef6de 1851
9b52905e
NC		 1852 switch (fmt)
1853 {
1854 case 10:
1855 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1856 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1857 val = new_val;
680ef6de 1858
9b52905e
NC		 1859 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
1860 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
1861 break;
1862 case -11:
1863 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1864 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1865 val = new_val;
680ef6de 1866
9b52905e
NC		 1867 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
1868 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
1869 break;
1870 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
1871 case 14:
1872 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1873 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1874 val = new_val;
680ef6de 1875
9b52905e
NC		 1876 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
1877 break;
680ef6de 1878
9b52905e
NC		 1879 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
1880 case 21:
1881 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576,
1882 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1883 val = new_val;
680ef6de 1884
9b52905e
NC		 1885 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
1886 break;
680ef6de 1887
9b52905e
NC		 1888 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
1889 case 11:
1890 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024,
1891 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1892 val = new_val;
680ef6de 1893
9b52905e
NC		 1894 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
1895 break;
680ef6de 1896
9b52905e
NC		 1897 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
1898 case 12:
1899 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192,
1900 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1901 val = new_val - 8;
680ef6de 1902
9b52905e
NC		 1903 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
1904 break;
680ef6de 1905
9b52905e
NC		 1906 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
1907 case 17:
1908 {
1909 offsetT distance = * valP;
680ef6de 1910
9b52905e
NC		 1911 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
1912 range target, then we want to complain. */
1913 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
1914 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
1915 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144,
1916 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
680ef6de 1917
9b52905e
NC		 1918 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144,
1919 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1920 val = new_val - 8;
680ef6de 1921
9b52905e
NC		 1922 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
1923 break;
1924 }
413c94ba 1925
9b52905e
NC		 1926 case 22:
1927 {
1928 offsetT distance = * valP;
413c94ba 1929
9b52905e
NC		 1930 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
1931 range target, then we want to complain. */
1932 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
1933 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
1934 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
1935 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
413c94ba 1936
9b52905e
NC		 1937 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
1938 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1939 val = new_val - 8;
413c94ba 1940
9b52905e
NC		 1941 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
1942 break;
1943 }
413c94ba 1944
9b52905e
NC		 1945 case -10:
1946 val = new_val;
1947 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
1948 break;
413c94ba 1949
9b52905e
NC		 1950 case -16:
1951 val = new_val;
1952 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
1953 break;
413c94ba 1954
9b52905e
NC		 1955 case 16:
1956 val = new_val;
1957 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
1958 break;
252b5132 1959
9b52905e
NC		 1960 case 32:
1961 insn = new_val;
1962 break;
55a914bc 1963
9b52905e
NC		 1964 default:
1965 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
1966 _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
1967 return;
1968 }
9a913dfb 1969
9b52905e
NC		 1970#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1971 switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
1972 {
1973 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
1974 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
1975 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
1976 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
1977 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L:
1978 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE14R:
1979 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
1980 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
4e3b43ed 1981 if (fixP->fx_addsy)
9b52905e
NC		 1982 S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
1983 break;
1984 default:
1985 break;
1986 }
1987#endif
9a913dfb 1988
9b52905e
NC		 1989 /* Insert the relocation. */
1990 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, fixpos);
1991}
252b5132 1992
9b52905e
NC		 1993/* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
1994 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
55a914bc 1995
9b52905e
NC		 1996long
1997md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP)
1998{
1999 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
2000}
9a913dfb 2001
9b52905e
NC		 2002/* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
2003 a statement. */
252b5132 2004
9b52905e
NC		 2005static int
2006is_end_of_statement (void)
2007{
2008 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
2009 || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
2010 || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
2011}
9a913dfb 2012
9b52905e 2013#define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
9a913dfb 2014
9b52905e
NC		 2015/* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
2016 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
252b5132 2017
9b52905e
NC		 2018static int
2019reg_name_search (char *name)
2020{
2021 int middle, low, high;
2022 int cmp;
9a913dfb 2023
9b52905e
NC		 2024 low = 0;
2025 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
d53d2751 2026
9b52905e
NC		 2027 do
2028 {
2029 middle = (low + high) / 2;
2030 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
2031 if (cmp < 0)
2032 high = middle - 1;
2033 else if (cmp > 0)
2034 low = middle + 1;
2035 else
2036 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
2037 }
2038 while (low <= high);
252b5132 2039
9b52905e
NC		 2040 return -1;
2041}
9a913dfb 2042
9b52905e
NC		 2043/* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
2044 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
2045 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
d53d2751 2046
9b52905e
NC		 2047 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
2048 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
2049 returned in `pa_number'.
d53d2751 2050
9b52905e
NC		 2051 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
2052 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
2053 not set.
d53d2751 2054
9b52905e
NC		 2055 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
2056 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
55a914bc 2057
9b52905e
NC		 2058static int
2059pa_parse_number (char **s, int is_float)
2060{
2061 int num;
2062 char *name;
2063 char c;
2064 symbolS *sym;
2065 int status;
2066 char *p = *s;
2067 bfd_boolean have_prefix;
9a913dfb 2068
9b52905e
NC		 2069 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
2070 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
2071 p = p + 1;
d53d2751 2072
9b52905e
NC		 2073 pa_number = -1;
2074 have_prefix = 0;
2075 num = 0;
2076 if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p))
2077 {
2078 /* Looks like a number. */
d53d2751 2079
9b52905e
NC		 2080 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
2081 {
2082 /* The number is specified in hex. */
2083 p += 2;
2084 while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
2085 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
2086 {
2087 if (ISDIGIT (*p))
2088 num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
2089 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
2090 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
2091 else
2092 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
2093 ++p;
2094 }
2095 }
2096 else
2097 {
2098 /* The number is specified in decimal. */
2099 while (ISDIGIT (*p))
2100 {
2101 num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
2102 ++p;
2103 }
2104 }
55a914bc 2105
9b52905e 2106 pa_number = num;
55a914bc 2107
9b52905e
NC		 2108 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
2109 if (is_float)
2110 {
2111 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
2112 if (! (is_float & 2))
2113 {
2114 if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
2115 {
2116 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
2117 ++p;
2118 }
2119 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
2120 {
2121 ++p;
2122 }
2123 }
2124 }
2125 }
2126 else if (*p == '%')
2127 {
2128 /* The number might be a predefined register. */
2129 have_prefix = 1;
2130 name = p;
2131 p++;
2132 c = *p;
2133 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
4e3b43ed
AM		 2134 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
2135 slow. */
9b52905e
NC		 2136 if (c == 'r')
2137 {
2138 p++;
2139 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
2140 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
2141 {
2142 p += 2;
2143 num = *p - '0' + 28;
2144 p++;
2145 }
2146 else if (*p == 'p')
2147 {
2148 num = 2;
2149 p++;
2150 }
2151 else if (!ISDIGIT (*p))
2152 {
2153 if (print_errors)
2154 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
2155 num = -1;
2156 }
2157 else
2158 {
2159 do
2160 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
2161 while (ISDIGIT (*p));
2162 }
2163 }
2164 else
2165 {
2166 /* Do a normal register search. */
2167 while (is_part_of_name (c))
2168 {
2169 p = p + 1;
2170 c = *p;
2171 }
2172 *p = 0;
2173 status = reg_name_search (name);
2174 if (status >= 0)
2175 num = status;
2176 else
2177 {
2178 if (print_errors)
2179 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
2180 num = -1;
2181 }
2182 *p = c;
2183 }
d53d2751 2184
9b52905e
NC		 2185 pa_number = num;
2186 }
2187 else
2188 {
2189 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
4e3b43ed 2190 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
9b52905e
NC		 2191 name = p;
2192 c = *p;
2193 while (is_part_of_name (c))
2194 {
2195 p = p + 1;
2196 c = *p;
2197 }
2198 *p = 0;
2199 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
2200 {
2201 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
2202 {
2203 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
2204 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
2205 register, so... */
2206 have_prefix = TRUE;
2207 }
2208 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == &bfd_abs_section)
2209 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
2210 else if (!strict)
2211 {
2212 if (print_errors)
2213 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
2214 num = -1;
2215 }
2216 }
2217 else if (!strict)
2218 {
2219 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
2220 or for an empty string. For an empty string we
2221 will return zero. That's a concession made for
2222 compatibility with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
2223 if (*name == 0)
2224 num = 0;
2225 else
2226 {
2227 if (print_errors)
2228 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
2229 num = -1;
2230 }
2231 }
2232 *p = c;
d53d2751 2233
9b52905e
NC		 2234 pa_number = num;
2235 }
d53d2751 2236
9b52905e
NC		 2237 if (!strict || have_prefix)
2238 {
2239 *s = p;
2240 return 1;
2241 }
2242 return 0;
2243}
252b5132 2244
9b52905e
NC		 2245/* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
2246 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
252b5132 2247
9b52905e
NC		 2248static int
2249need_pa11_opcode (void)
2250{
2251 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
2252 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
2253 {
2254 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
2255 then set a new architecture. */
2256 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
2257 {
2258 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
2259 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
2260 }
2261 return TRUE;
2262 }
2263 else
2264 return FALSE;
2265}
252b5132 2266
9b52905e
NC		 2267/* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
2268 code associated with the condition. */
252b5132 2269
9b52905e
NC		 2270static int
2271pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (char **s)
2272{
2273 int cond, i;
dbe2f9ee 2274
9b52905e 2275 cond = 0;
1cf6ae67 2276
9b52905e
NC		 2277 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
2278 {
2279 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
2280 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
2281 {
2282 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
2283 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
2284 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
2285 report an error. */
2286 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2287 {
2288 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
2289 break;
2290 }
2291 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
2292 *s = *s + 1;
2293 return cond;
2294 }
2295 }
1cf6ae67 2296
9b52905e 2297 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
1cf6ae67 2298
9b52905e
NC		 2299 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */
2300 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2301 *s += 1;
252b5132 2302
9b52905e
NC		 2303 return 0;
2304}
65fab780 2305
9b52905e 2306/* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
65fab780 2307
9b52905e
NC		 2308static int
2309pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (char **s)
2310{
2311 int value;
65fab780 2312
9b52905e
NC		 2313 value = 0;
2314 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
2315 {
2316 value = 5;
2317 *s += 4;
2318 }
2319 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
2320 {
2321 value = 9;
2322 *s += 4;
2323 }
2324 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
2325 {
2326 value = 13;
2327 *s += 4;
2328 }
2329 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
2330 {
2331 value = 17;
2332 *s += 4;
2333 }
2334 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
2335 {
2336 value = 1;
2337 *s += 3;
2338 }
2339 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
2340 {
2341 value = 6;
2342 *s += 4;
2343 }
2344 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
2345 {
2346 value = 2;
2347 *s += 3;
2348 }
2349 else
2350 {
2351 value = 0;
2352 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
2353 }
1328dc98 2354
9b52905e
NC		 2355 return value;
2356}
1328dc98 2357
9b52905e
NC		 2358/* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
2359 type. */
1328dc98 2360
9b52905e
NC		 2361static fp_operand_format
2362pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (char **s)
2363{
2364 int format;
1328dc98 2365
9b52905e
NC		 2366 format = SGL;
2367 if (**s == ',')
2368 {
2369 *s += 1;
2370 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
2371 {
2372 format = SGL;
2373 *s += 4;
2374 }
2375 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
2376 {
2377 format = DBL;
2378 *s += 4;
2379 }
2380 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
2381 {
2382 format = QUAD;
2383 *s += 5;
2384 }
2385 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
2386 {
2387 format = W;
2388 *s += 2;
2389 }
2390 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
2391 {
2392 format = UW;
2393 *s += 3;
2394 }
2395 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
2396 {
2397 format = DW;
2398 *s += 3;
2399 }
2400 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
2401 {
2402 format = UDW;
2403 *s += 4;
2404 }
2405 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
2406 {
2407 format = QW;
2408 *s += 3;
2409 }
2410 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
2411 {
2412 format = UQW;
2413 *s += 4;
2414 }
2415 else
2416 {
2417 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
2418 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
2419 }
2420 }
65fab780 2421
9b52905e
NC		 2422 return format;
2423}
61dd1d31 2424
9b52905e
NC		 2425/* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
2426 type. */
252b5132 2427
9b52905e
NC		 2428static fp_operand_format
2429pa_parse_fp_format (char **s)
2430{
2431 int format;
252b5132 2432
9b52905e
NC		 2433 format = SGL;
2434 if (**s == ',')
2435 {
2436 *s += 1;
2437 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
2438 {
2439 format = SGL;
2440 *s += 4;
2441 }
2442 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
2443 {
2444 format = DBL;
2445 *s += 4;
2446 }
2447 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
2448 {
2449 format = QUAD;
2450 *s += 5;
2451 }
2452 else
2453 {
2454 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
2455 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
2456 }
2457 }
252b5132 2458
9b52905e
NC		 2459 return format;
2460}
a02fab7e 2461
9b52905e 2462/* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
a02fab7e 2463
9b52905e
NC		 2464static int
2465pa_chk_field_selector (char **str)
2466{
2467 int middle, low, high;
2468 int cmp;
2469 char name[4];
a02fab7e 2470
9b52905e
NC		 2471 /* Read past any whitespace. */
2472 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
2473 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
2474 *str = *str + 1;
252b5132 2475
9b52905e
NC		 2476 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
2477 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2478 name[1] = 0;
2479 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
2480 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2481 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
2482 name[2] = 0;
2483 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
2484 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2485 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
2486 name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]),
2487 name[3] = 0;
2488 else
2489 return e_fsel;
252b5132 2490
9b52905e
NC		 2491 low = 0;
2492 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
77c02e18 2493
9b52905e
NC		 2494 do
2495 {
2496 middle = (low + high) / 2;
2497 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
2498 if (cmp < 0)
2499 high = middle - 1;
2500 else if (cmp > 0)
2501 low = middle + 1;
2502 else
2503 {
2504 *str += strlen (name) + 1;
2505#ifndef OBJ_SOM
2506 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
2507 return e_fsel;
2508#endif
2509 return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
2510 }
2511 }
2512 while (low <= high);
252b5132 2513
9b52905e
NC		 2514 return e_fsel;
2515}
4964086a 2516
9b52905e
NC		 2517/* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
2518 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
ce674324 2519
9b52905e
NC		 2520void
2521parse_cons_expression_hppa (expressionS *exp)
2522{
2523 hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
2524 expression (exp);
2525}
d53d2751 2526
9b52905e
NC		 2527/* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
2528 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
2529static int
2530evaluate_absolute (struct pa_it *insn)
2531{
2532 offsetT value;
2533 expressionS exp;
2534 int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
a97685e9 2535
9b52905e
NC		 2536 exp = insn->exp;
2537 value = exp.X_add_number;
413c94ba 2538
9b52905e
NC		 2539 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
2540}
252b5132 2541
9b52905e 2542/* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
a97685e9 2543
9b52905e
NC		 2544static int
2545pa_get_absolute_expression (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp)
2546{
2547 char *save_in;
9e4f2d3a 2548
9b52905e
NC		 2549 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
2550 save_in = input_line_pointer;
2551 input_line_pointer = *strp;
2552 expression (&insn->exp);
2553 /* This is not perfect, but is a huge improvement over doing nothing.
9e4f2d3a 2554
9b52905e
NC		 2555 The PA assembly syntax is ambiguous in a variety of ways. Consider
2556 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
2557 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5?
252b5132 2558
9b52905e
NC		 2559 If we get a modulo expression when looking for an absolute, we try
2560 again cutting off the input string at the first whitespace character. */
2561 if (insn->exp.X_op == O_modulus)
2562 {
2563 char *s, c;
2564 int retval;
9e4f2d3a 2565
9b52905e
NC		 2566 input_line_pointer = *strp;
2567 s = *strp;
2568 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2569 s++;
252b5132 2570
9b52905e
NC		 2571 c = *s;
2572 *s = 0;
d53d2751 2573
9b52905e 2574 retval = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
252b5132 2575
9b52905e
NC		 2576 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2577 *s = c;
2578 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
2579 }
2580 /* When in strict mode we have a non-match, fix up the pointers
2581 and return to our caller. */
2582 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant && strict)
2583 {
2584 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
2585 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2586 return 0;
2587 }
2588 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
2589 {
2590 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
2591 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
2592 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2593 return 0;
2594 }
2595 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
2596 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2597 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
2598}
252b5132 2599
9b52905e
NC		 2600/* Given an argument location specification return the associated
2601 argument location number. */
252b5132 2602
9b52905e
NC		 2603static unsigned int
2604pa_build_arg_reloc (char *type_name)
2605{
252b5132 2606
9b52905e
NC		 2607 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
2608 return 0;
2609 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
2610 return 1;
2611 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
2612 return 2;
2613 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
2614 return 3;
2615 else
2616 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
252b5132 2617
9b52905e
NC		 2618 return 0;
2619}
252b5132 2620
9b52905e
NC		 2621/* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
2622 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
252b5132 2623
9b52905e
NC		 2624static unsigned int
2625pa_align_arg_reloc (unsigned int reg, unsigned int arg_reloc)
2626{
2627 unsigned int new_reloc;
252b5132 2628
9b52905e
NC		 2629 new_reloc = arg_reloc;
2630 switch (reg)
2631 {
2632 case 0:
2633 new_reloc <<= 8;
2634 break;
2635 case 1:
2636 new_reloc <<= 6;
2637 break;
2638 case 2:
2639 new_reloc <<= 4;
2640 break;
2641 case 3:
2642 new_reloc <<= 2;
2643 break;
2644 default:
2645 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
2646 }
252b5132 2647
9b52905e
NC		 2648 return new_reloc;
2649}
1cf6ae67 2650
9b52905e
NC		 2651/* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
2652 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
252b5132 2653
9b52905e
NC		 2654static int
2655pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
2656{
2657 int cmpltr;
2658 char *name = *s + 1;
2659 char c;
2660 char *save_s = *s;
2661 int nullify = 0;
252b5132 2662
9b52905e
NC		 2663 cmpltr = 0;
2664 if (**s == ',')
2665 {
2666 *s += 1;
2667 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2668 *s += 1;
2669 c = **s;
2670 **s = 0x00;
252b5132 2671
9b52905e
NC		 2672 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2673 {
2674 cmpltr = 1;
2675 }
2676 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2677 {
2678 cmpltr = 2;
2679 }
2680 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2681 {
2682 cmpltr = 3;
2683 }
2684 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2685 {
2686 cmpltr = 4;
2687 }
2688 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2689 {
2690 cmpltr = 5;
2691 }
2692 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2693 {
2694 cmpltr = 6;
2695 }
2696 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2697 {
2698 cmpltr = 7;
2699 }
2700 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
4e3b43ed 2701 completer. */
9b52905e
NC		 2702 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
2703 {
2704 cmpltr = 0;
2705 nullify = 1;
2706 }
2707 else
2708 {
2709 cmpltr = -1;
2710 }
2711 **s = c;
2712 }
9ecc05f0 2713
9b52905e
NC		 2714 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
2715 if (nullify)
2716 *s = save_s;
252b5132 2717
9b52905e
NC		 2718 return cmpltr;
2719}
252b5132 2720
9b52905e
NC		 2721/* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
2722 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
252b5132 2723
9b52905e
NC		 2724static int
2725pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
2726{
2727 int cmpltr;
2728 char *name = *s + 1;
2729 char c;
2730 char *save_s = *s;
2731 int nullify = 0;
b53fcc20 2732
9b52905e
NC		 2733 cmpltr = 0;
2734 if (**s == ',')
2735 {
2736 *s += 1;
2737 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2738 *s += 1;
2739 c = **s;
2740 **s = 0x00;
b53fcc20 2741
9b52905e
NC		 2742 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2743 {
2744 cmpltr = 0;
2745 }
2746 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2747 {
2748 cmpltr = 1;
2749 }
2750 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2751 {
2752 cmpltr = 2;
2753 }
2754 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2755 {
2756 cmpltr = 3;
2757 }
2758 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2759 {
2760 cmpltr = 4;
2761 }
2762 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2763 {
2764 cmpltr = 5;
2765 }
2766 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2767 {
2768 cmpltr = 6;
2769 }
2770 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2771 {
2772 cmpltr = 7;
2773 }
2774 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
4e3b43ed 2775 completer. */
9b52905e
NC		 2776 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
2777 {
2778 cmpltr = 0;
2779 nullify = 1;
2780 }
2781 else
2782 {
2783 cmpltr = -1;
2784 }
2785 **s = c;
2786 }
252b5132 2787
9b52905e
NC		 2788 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
2789 if (nullify)
2790 *s = save_s;
252b5132 2791
9b52905e
NC		 2792 return cmpltr;
2793}
252b5132 2794
9b52905e
NC		 2795/* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
2796 encoding in instructions) of the given completer.
97e1581b 2797
9b52905e
NC		 2798 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
2799 returned as 8-15. */
252b5132 2800
9b52905e
NC		 2801static int
2802pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
2803{
2804 int cmpltr;
2805 char *name = *s + 1;
2806 char c;
b53fcc20 2807
9b52905e
NC		 2808 cmpltr = -1;
2809 if (**s == ',')
2810 {
2811 *s += 1;
2812 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2813 *s += 1;
2814 c = **s;
2815 **s = 0x00;
97e1581b 2816
9b52905e
NC		 2817 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
2818 {
2819 cmpltr = 0;
252b5132 2820 }
9b52905e 2821 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
9f45e54b 2822 {
9b52905e 2823 cmpltr = 1;
9f45e54b 2824 }
9b52905e 2825 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
252b5132 2826 {
9b52905e 2827 cmpltr = 2;
252b5132 2828 }
9b52905e
NC		 2829 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
2830 {
2831 cmpltr = 3;
2832 }
2833 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
2834 {
2835 cmpltr = 4;
2836 }
2837 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
2838 {
2839 cmpltr = 5;
2840 }
2841 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
2842 {
2843 cmpltr = 6;
2844 }
2845 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
2846 {
2847 cmpltr = 7;
2848 }
2849 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
2850 {
2851 cmpltr = 8;
2852 }
2853 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
2854 {
2855 cmpltr = 9;
2856 }
2857 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
2858 {
2859 cmpltr = 10;
2860 }
2861 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
2862 {
2863 cmpltr = 11;
2864 }
2865 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
2866 {
2867 cmpltr = 12;
2868 }
2869 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
2870 {
2871 cmpltr = 13;
2872 }
2873 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
2874 {
2875 cmpltr = 14;
2876 }
2877 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
2878 {
2879 cmpltr = 15;
2880 }
2881 else
2882 {
2883 cmpltr = -1;
2884 }
2885 **s = c;
252b5132
RH		 2886 }
2887
9b52905e 2888 return cmpltr;
252b5132
RH		 2889}
2890
9b52905e
NC		 2891/* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
2892 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
252b5132 2893
9b52905e
NC		 2894static int
2895pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (char **s)
252b5132 2896{
9b52905e
NC		 2897 int cmpltr;
2898 char *name = *s + 1;
2899 char c;
252b5132 2900
9b52905e
NC		 2901 cmpltr = -1;
2902 if (**s == ',')
252b5132 2903 {
9b52905e
NC		 2904 *s += 1;
2905 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2906 *s += 1;
2907 c = **s;
2908 **s = 0x00;
252b5132 2909
9b52905e
NC		 2910 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
2911 {
2912 cmpltr = 0;
2913 }
2914 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
2915 {
2916 cmpltr = 1;
2917 }
2918 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
2919 {
2920 cmpltr = 2;
2921 }
2922 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
2923 {
2924 cmpltr = 3;
2925 }
2926 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
2927 {
2928 cmpltr = 4;
2929 }
2930 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
2931 {
2932 cmpltr = 5;
2933 }
2934 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
2935 {
2936 cmpltr = 6;
2937 }
2938 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
2939 {
2940 cmpltr = 7;
2941 }
2942 else
2943 {
2944 cmpltr = -1;
2945 }
2946 **s = c;
2947 }
252b5132 2948
9b52905e
NC		 2949 return cmpltr;
2950}
252b5132 2951
9b52905e
NC		 2952/* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
2953 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
252b5132 2954
9b52905e
NC		 2955static int
2956pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
2957{
2958 int cmpltr;
2959 char *name = *s + 1;
2960 char c;
2961 char *save_s = *s;
2962 int nullify = 0;
252b5132 2963
9b52905e
NC		 2964 cmpltr = 0;
2965 if (**s == ',')
252b5132 2966 {
9b52905e
NC		 2967 *s += 1;
2968 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2969 *s += 1;
2970 c = **s;
2971 **s = 0x00;
2972 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2973 {
2974 cmpltr = 1;
2975 }
2976 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2977 {
2978 cmpltr = 2;
2979 }
2980 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2981 {
2982 cmpltr = 3;
2983 }
2984 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
2985 {
2986 cmpltr = 4;
2987 }
2988 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
2989 {
2990 cmpltr = 5;
2991 }
2992 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2993 {
2994 cmpltr = 6;
2995 }
2996 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2997 {
2998 cmpltr = 7;
2999 }
3000 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
4e3b43ed 3001 completer. */
9b52905e
NC		 3002 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3003 {
3004 cmpltr = 0;
3005 nullify = 1;
3006 }
3007 else
3008 {
3009 cmpltr = -1;
3010 }
3011 **s = c;
252b5132 3012 }
252b5132 3013
9b52905e
NC		 3014 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
3015 if (nullify)
3016 *s = save_s;
252b5132 3017
9b52905e 3018 return cmpltr;
252b5132
RH		 3019}
3020
9b52905e
NC		 3021/* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
3022 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
252b5132 3023
9b52905e
NC		 3024static int
3025pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
252b5132 3026{
9b52905e
NC		 3027 int cmpltr;
3028 char *name = *s + 1;
3029 char c;
3030 char *save_s = *s;
3031 int nullify = 0;
252b5132 3032
9b52905e
NC		 3033 cmpltr = 0;
3034 if (**s == ',')
5506e1a5 3035 {
9b52905e
NC		 3036 *s += 1;
3037 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
3038 *s += 1;
3039 c = **s;
3040 **s = 0x00;
3041 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
3042 {
3043 cmpltr = 0;
3044 }
3045 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
3046 {
3047 cmpltr = 1;
3048 }
3049 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
3050 {
3051 cmpltr = 2;
3052 }
3053 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
3054 {
3055 cmpltr = 3;
3056 }
3057 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
3058 {
3059 cmpltr = 4;
3060 }
3061 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
3062 {
3063 cmpltr = 5;
3064 }
3065 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
3066 {
3067 cmpltr = 6;
3068 }
3069 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
3070 {
3071 cmpltr = 7;
3072 }
3073 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
4e3b43ed 3074 completer. */
9b52905e
NC		 3075 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3076 {
3077 cmpltr = 0;
3078 nullify = 1;
3079 }
3080 else
3081 {
3082 cmpltr = -1;
3083 }
3084 **s = c;
5506e1a5 3085 }
252b5132 3086
9b52905e
NC		 3087 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
3088 if (nullify)
3089 *s = save_s;
252b5132 3090
9b52905e
NC		 3091 return cmpltr;
3092}
252b5132 3093
9b52905e
NC		 3094/* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
3095 encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
252b5132 3096
9b52905e
NC		 3097static int
3098pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
3099{
3100 int cmpltr;
3101 char *name = *s + 1;
3102 char c;
3103 char *save_s = *s;
3104 int nullify = 0;
252b5132 3105
9b52905e
NC		 3106 cmpltr = 0;
3107 if (**s == ',')
3108 {
3109 *s += 1;
3110 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
3111 *s += 1;
3112 c = **s;
3113 **s = 0x00;
3114 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
3115 {
3116 cmpltr = 1;
3117 }
3118 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
3119 {
3120 cmpltr = 2;
3121 }
3122 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
3123 {
3124 cmpltr = 3;
3125 }
3126 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
3127 {
3128 cmpltr = 4;
3129 }
3130 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
3131 {
3132 cmpltr = 5;
3133 }
3134 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
3135 {
3136 cmpltr = 6;
3137 }
3138 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
3139 {
3140 cmpltr = 7;
3141 }
3142 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
3143 {
3144 cmpltr = 8;
3145 }
3146 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
3147 {
3148 cmpltr = 9;
3149 }
3150 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
3151 {
3152 cmpltr = 10;
3153 }
3154 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
3155 {
3156 cmpltr = 11;
3157 }
3158 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
3159 {
3160 cmpltr = 12;
3161 }
3162 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
3163 {
3164 cmpltr = 13;
3165 }
3166 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
3167 {
3168 cmpltr = 14;
3169 }
3170 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
3171 {
3172 cmpltr = 15;
3173 }
3174 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
4e3b43ed 3175 completer. */
9b52905e
NC		 3176 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3177 {
3178 cmpltr = 0;
3179 nullify = 1;
3180 }
3181 else
3182 {
3183 cmpltr = -1;
3184 }
3185 **s = c;
3186 }
252b5132 3187
9b52905e
NC		 3188 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
3189 if (nullify)
3190 *s = save_s;
252b5132 3191
9b52905e
NC		 3192 return cmpltr;
3193}
3194
3195/* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
3196 into the global "the_insn" variable. */
3197
3198static void
3199pa_ip (char *str)
3200{
3201 char *error_message = "";
3202 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
3203 const char *args;
3204 int match = FALSE;
3205 int comma = 0;
3206 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, num;
91c2f09e 3207 int immediate_check = 0, pos = -1, len = -1;
9b52905e
NC		 3208 unsigned long opcode;
3209 struct pa_opcode *insn;
3210
3211#ifdef OBJ_SOM
3212 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
3213 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
ad1079af
AM		 3214#endif
3215
9b52905e
NC		 3216 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
3217 case. */
3218 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
3219 *s = TOLOWER (*s);
64afeba3 3220
9b52905e
NC		 3221 /* Skip to something interesting. */
3222 for (s = str;
3223 ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3');
3224 ++s)
3225 ;
64afeba3 3226
9b52905e
NC		 3227 switch (*s)
3228 {
64afeba3 3229
9b52905e
NC		 3230 case '\0':
3231 break;
3232
3233 case ',':
3234 comma = 1;
3235
3236 /*FALLTHROUGH */
3237
3238 case ' ':
3239 *s++ = '\0';
252b5132 3240 break;
9b52905e
NC		 3241
3242 default:
3243 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
3244 return;
252b5132 3245 }
252b5132 3246
717c53ea 3247 /* Look up the opcode in the hash table. */
9b52905e 3248 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
252b5132 3249 {
20203fb9 3250 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
9b52905e
NC		 3251 return;
3252 }
252b5132 3253
9b52905e
NC		 3254 if (comma)
3255 *--s = ',';
252b5132 3256
9b52905e
NC		 3257 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
3258 start processing them. */
3259 argstart = s;
3260 for (;;)
3261 {
3262 /* Do some initialization. */
3263 opcode = insn->match;
3264 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
3265 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
252b5132 3266
9b52905e 3267 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
252b5132 3268
9b52905e
NC		 3269 if (insn->arch >= pa20
3270 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
3271 goto failed;
252b5132 3272
9b52905e 3273 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
4e3b43ed 3274 sure that the operands match. */
9b52905e
NC		 3275 for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
3276 {
3277 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */
3278 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
3279 s++;
252b5132 3280
9b52905e
NC		 3281 switch (*args)
3282 {
3283 /* End of arguments. */
3284 case '\0':
3285 if (*s == '\0')
3286 match = TRUE;
3287 break;
252b5132 3288
9b52905e
NC		 3289 case '+':
3290 if (*s == '+')
3291 {
3292 ++s;
3293 continue;
3294 }
3295 if (*s == '-')
3296 continue;
3297 break;
252b5132 3298
9b52905e
NC		 3299 /* These must match exactly. */
3300 case '(':
3301 case ')':
3302 case ',':
3303 case ' ':
3304 if (*s++ == *args)
3305 continue;
3306 break;
252b5132 3307
9b52905e
NC		 3308 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
3309 case 'b':
3310 case '^':
3311 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3312 break;
3313 num = pa_number;
3314 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3315 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
252b5132 3316
9b52905e
NC		 3317 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
3318 is there. */
3319 case '!':
3320 /* Skip whitespace before register. */
3321 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
3322 s = s + 1;
252b5132 3323
9b52905e 3324 if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4))
4e3b43ed 3325 {
9b52905e
NC		 3326 s += 4;
3327 continue;
3328 }
3329 else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5))
4e3b43ed 3330 {
9b52905e
NC		 3331 s += 5;
3332 continue;
3333 }
3334 break;
252b5132 3335
9b52905e
NC		 3336 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
3337 case 'x':
3338 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3339 break;
3340 num = pa_number;
3341 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3342 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
252b5132 3343
9b52905e
NC		 3344 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
3345 case 't':
3346 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3347 break;
3348 num = pa_number;
3349 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3350 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
252b5132 3351
9b52905e
NC		 3352 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
3353 case 'a':
3354 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3355 break;
3356 num = pa_number;
3357 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3358 opcode |= num << 16;
3359 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
252b5132 3360
9b52905e
NC		 3361 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
3362 case 'T':
3363 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3364 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3365 break;
3366 s = expr_end;
3367 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
91c2f09e 3368 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
9b52905e 3369 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
252b5132 3370
9b52905e
NC		 3371 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
3372 case '5':
3373 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3374 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3375 break;
3376 s = expr_end;
3377 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
3378 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
3379 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
3380 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
3381 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
252b5132 3382
9b52905e
NC		 3383 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
3384 case 'V':
3385 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3386 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3387 break;
3388 s = expr_end;
3389 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
3390 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
3391 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
3392 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
3393 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
252b5132 3394
9b52905e
NC		 3395 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
3396 case 'r':
3397 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3398 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3399 break;
3400 s = expr_end;
3401 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3402 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
252b5132 3403
9b52905e
NC		 3404 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
3405 case 'R':
3406 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3407 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3408 break;
3409 s = expr_end;
3410 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3411 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
252b5132 3412
9b52905e
NC		 3413 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
3414 case 'U':
3415 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3416 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3417 break;
3418 s = expr_end;
3419 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
3420 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
ad1079af 3421
9b52905e
NC		 3422 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
3423 case 's':
3424 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3425 break;
3426 num = pa_number;
3427 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
3428 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
252b5132 3429
9b52905e
NC		 3430 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
3431 case 'S':
3432 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3433 break;
3434 num = pa_number;
3435 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
3436 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
3437 continue;
ad1079af 3438
9b52905e
NC		 3439 /* Handle all completers. */
3440 case 'c':
3441 switch (*++args)
3442 {
ad1079af 3443
9b52905e
NC		 3444 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
3445 case 'X':
3446 case 'x':
3447 {
3448 int uu = 0;
3449 int m = 0;
3450 int i = 0;
3451 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
3452 {
3453 s++;
3454 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
3455 {
3456 uu = 1;
3457 m = 1;
3458 s++;
3459 i++;
3460 }
3461 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
3462 m = 1;
3463 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
3464 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
3465 uu = 1;
3466 else if (strict)
3467 {
3468 /* This is a match failure. */
3469 s--;
3470 break;
3471 }
3472 else
3473 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
3474 s++;
3475 i++;
3476 }
3477 if (i > 2)
3478 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
3479 opcode |= m << 5;
3480 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
3481 }
252b5132 3482
9b52905e
NC		 3483 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
3484 case 'M':
3485 case 'm':
3486 case 'q':
3487 case 'J':
3488 case 'e':
3489 {
3490 int a = 0;
3491 int m = 0;
3492 if (*s == ',')
3493 {
3494 s++;
3495 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
3496 {
3497 a = 0;
3498 m = 1;
3499 s += 2;
3500 }
3501 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
3502 {
3503 a = 1;
3504 m = 1;
3505 s += 2;
3506 }
3507 else if (strict)
3508 /* This is a match failure. */
3509 s--;
3510 else
3511 {
3512 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
3513 s += 2;
3514 }
3515 }
3516 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
3517 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
3518 else if (*args == 'e')
3519 break;
252b5132 3520
9b52905e
NC		 3521 /* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
3522 encode the before/after field. */
3523 if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M')
3524 {
3525 opcode |= m << 5;
3526 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
3527 }
3528 else if (*args == 'q')
3529 {
3530 opcode |= m << 3;
3531 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
3532 }
3533 else if (*args == 'J')
3534 {
4e3b43ed 3535 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
9b52905e
NC		 3536 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
3537 }
3538 else if (*args == 'e')
3539 {
3540 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
3541 instruction. We will use (and remove it)
3542 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */
3543 opcode |= a;
3544 continue;
3545 }
3546 }
ad1079af 3547
9b52905e
NC		 3548 /* Handle a stbys completer. */
3549 case 'A':
3550 case 's':
3551 {
3552 int a = 0;
3553 int m = 0;
3554 int i = 0;
3555 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
3556 {
3557 s++;
3558 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
3559 m = 1;
3560 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
3561 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
3562 a = 0;
3563 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
3564 a = 1;
3565 /* In strict mode, this is a match failure. */
3566 else if (strict)
3567 {
3568 s--;
3569 break;
3570 }
3571 else
3572 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
3573 s++;
3574 i++;
3575 }
3576 if (i > 2)
3577 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
3578 opcode |= m << 5;
3579 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
3580 }
252b5132 3581
9b52905e
NC		 3582 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */
3583 case 'c':
3584 cmpltr = 0;
3585 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
3586 {
3587 s += 3;
3588 cmpltr = 2;
3589 }
3590 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
252b5132 3591
9b52905e
NC		 3592 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */
3593 case 'C':
3594 cmpltr = 0;
3595 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
3596 {
3597 s += 3;
3598 cmpltr = 2;
3599 }
3600 else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3))
3601 {
3602 s += 3;
3603 cmpltr = 1;
3604 }
3605 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
252b5132 3606
9b52905e
NC		 3607 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
3608 case 'd':
3609 cmpltr = 0;
3610 if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3))
3611 {
3612 s += 3;
3613 cmpltr = 1;
3614 }
3615 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
252b5132 3616
9b52905e
NC		 3617 /* Handle load ordering completer. */
3618 case 'o':
3619 if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0)
3620 break;
3621 s += 2;
3622 continue;
502b19cb 3623
9b52905e
NC		 3624 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */
3625 case 'g':
3626 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
3627 break;
3628 s += 5;
3629 continue;
252b5132 3630
9b52905e
NC		 3631 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
3632 case 'p':
3633 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
3634 break;
3635 s += 7;
3636 continue;
8973a37d 3637
9b52905e
NC		 3638 /* Handle a branch link completer. */
3639 case 'l':
3640 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
3641 break;
3642 s += 2;
3643 continue;
8973a37d 3644
9b52905e
NC		 3645 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */
3646 case 'P':
3647 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
3648 break;
3649 s += 4;
3650 continue;
5506e1a5 3651
9b52905e
NC		 3652 /* Handle a local processor completer. */
3653 case 'L':
3654 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
3655 break;
3656 s += 2;
3657 continue;
dc1fc56b 3658
9b52905e
NC		 3659 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
3660 case 'w':
3661 flag = 0;
3662 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
3663 {
3664 flag = 1;
3665 s += 2;
3666 }
3667 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
3668 {
3669 flag = 0;
3670 s += 2;
3671 }
3f9b03b5 3672
9b52905e 3673 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
a02fab7e 3674
9b52905e
NC		 3675 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
3676 case 'W':
3677 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
3678 break;
3679 s += 2;
3680 continue;
a02fab7e 3681
9b52905e
NC		 3682 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
3683 case 'r':
3684 flag = 0;
3685 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
3686 {
3687 flag = 5;
3688 s += 2;
3689 }
252b5132 3690
9b52905e 3691 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
252b5132 3692
9b52905e
NC		 3693 /* Handle a system control completer. */
3694 case 'Z':
3695 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
3696 {
3697 flag = 1;
3698 s += 2;
3699 }
3700 else
3701 flag = 0;
3f9b03b5 3702
9b52905e 3703 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
252b5132 3704
9b52905e
NC		 3705 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
3706 case 'i':
3707 flag = 0;
3708 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
3709 {
3710 flag = 1;
3711 s += 2;
3712 }
252b5132 3713
9b52905e 3714 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
252b5132 3715
9b52905e
NC		 3716 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
3717 case 'z':
3718 flag = 1;
3719 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
3720 {
3721 flag = 0;
3722 s += 2;
3723 }
252b5132 3724
9b52905e 3725 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
252b5132 3726
9b52905e
NC		 3727 /* Handle add completer. */
3728 case 'a':
3729 flag = 1;
3730 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
3731 {
3732 flag = 2;
3733 s += 2;
3734 }
3735 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
3736 {
3737 flag = 3;
3738 s += 4;
3739 }
252b5132 3740
9b52905e 3741 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
3f9b03b5 3742
9b52905e
NC		 3743 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
3744 case 'Y':
3745 flag = 0;
3746 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
3747 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
3748 {
3749 flag = 1;
3750 s += 7;
3751 }
3752 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
3753 {
3754 flag = 0;
3755 s += 3;
3756 }
3757 else
3758 break;
252b5132 3759
9b52905e 3760 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
77c02e18 3761
9b52905e
NC		 3762 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
3763 case 'y':
3764 flag = 0;
3765 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
3766 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
3767 {
3768 flag = 1;
3769 s += 6;
3770 }
3771 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
3772 {
3773 flag = 0;
3774 s += 2;
3775 }
3776 else
3777 break;
77c02e18 3778
9b52905e 3779 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3f9b03b5 3780
9b52905e
NC		 3781 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
3782 case 'v':
3783 flag = 0;
3784 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
3785 {
3786 flag = 1;
3787 s += 4;
3788 }
77c02e18 3789
9b52905e 3790 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
ad1079af 3791
9b52905e
NC		 3792 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
3793 case 't':
3794 flag = 0;
3795 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
3796 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
3797 {
3798 flag = 1;
3799 s += 7;
3800 }
3801 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
3802 {
3803 flag = 0;
3804 s += 3;
3805 }
3806 else
3807 break;
252b5132 3808
9b52905e 3809 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
252b5132 3810
9b52905e
NC		 3811 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
3812 case 'B':
3813 flag = 0;
3814 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
3815 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
3816 {
3817 flag = 1;
3818 s += 7;
3819 }
3820 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
3821 {
3822 flag = 0;
3823 s += 3;
3824 }
3825 else
3826 break;
dc1fc56b 3827
9b52905e 3828 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
252b5132 3829
9b52905e
NC		 3830 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
3831 case 'b':
3832 flag = 0;
3833 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
3834 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
3835 {
3836 flag = 1;
3837 s += 6;
3838 }
3839 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
3840 {
3841 flag = 0;
3842 s += 2;
3843 }
3844 else
3845 break;
252b5132 3846
9b52905e 3847 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
252b5132 3848
9b52905e
NC		 3849 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
3850 case 'T':
3851 flag = 0;
3852 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
3853 {
3854 flag = 1;
3855 s += 3;
3856 }
252b5132 3857
9b52905e 3858 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
252b5132 3859
9b52905e
NC		 3860 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
3861 case 'S':
3862 {
3863 int sign = 1;
3864 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
3865 {
3866 sign = 1;
3867 s += 2;
3868 }
3869 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
3870 {
3871 sign = 0;
3872 s += 2;
3873 }
252b5132 3874
9b52905e
NC		 3875 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
3876 }
252b5132 3877
9b52905e
NC		 3878 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
3879 case 'h':
3880 if (*s++ == ',')
3881 {
3882 int lr = 0;
3883 if (*s == 'r')
3884 lr = 2;
3885 else if (*s == 'l')
3886 lr = 0;
3887 else
3888 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
252b5132 3889
9b52905e
NC		 3890 s++;
3891 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
3892 }
3893 else
3894 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
3895 break;
252b5132 3896
9b52905e
NC		 3897 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
3898 case 'H':
3899 {
3900 int sat = 3;
3901 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
3902 {
3903 sat = 1;
3904 s += 3;
3905 }
3906 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
3907 {
3908 sat = 0;
3909 s += 3;
3910 }
252b5132 3911
9b52905e
NC		 3912 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
3913 }
252b5132 3914
9b52905e
NC		 3915 /* Handle permutation completer. */
3916 case '*':
3917 if (*s++ == ',')
3918 {
3919 int permloc[4];
3920 int perm = 0;
3921 int i = 0;
3922 permloc[0] = 13;
3923 permloc[1] = 10;
3924 permloc[2] = 8;
3925 permloc[3] = 6;
3926 for (; i < 4; i++)
4e3b43ed 3927 {
9b52905e
NC		 3928 switch (*s++)
3929 {
3930 case '0':
3931 perm = 0;
3932 break;
3933 case '1':
3934 perm = 1;
3935 break;
3936 case '2':
3937 perm = 2;
3938 break;
3939 case '3':
3940 perm = 3;
3941 break;
3942 default:
3943 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
3944 }
3945 opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
3946 }
3947 continue;
3948 }
3949 else
3950 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
3951 break;
252b5132 3952
9b52905e
NC		 3953 default:
3954 abort ();
3955 }
3956 break;
252b5132 3957
9b52905e
NC		 3958 /* Handle all conditions. */
3959 case '?':
3960 {
3961 args++;
3962 switch (*args)
3963 {
3964 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
3965 case 'f':
3966 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
3967 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
252b5132 3968
9b52905e
NC		 3969 /* Handle an add condition. */
3970 case 'A':
bb7835b8
NC		 3971 /* PR gas/11395
3972 If we are looking for 64-bit add conditions and we
3973 do not have the ",*" prefix, then we have no match. */
3974 if (*s != ',')
3975 break;
3976 /* Fall through. */
9b52905e
NC		 3977 case 'a':
3978 cmpltr = 0;
3979 flag = 0;
3980 if (*s == ',')
3981 {
3982 s++;
252b5132 3983
9b52905e
NC		 3984 /* 64 bit conditions. */
3985 if (*args == 'A')
3986 {
3987 if (*s == '*')
3988 s++;
3989 else
3990 break;
3991 }
3992 else if (*s == '*')
3993 break;
252b5132 3994
9b52905e
NC		 3995 name = s;
3996 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
3997 s += 1;
3998 c = *s;
3999 *s = 0x00;
4000 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4001 cmpltr = 1;
4002 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4003 cmpltr = 2;
4004 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
4005 cmpltr = 3;
4006 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
4007 cmpltr = 4;
4008 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
4009 cmpltr = 5;
4010 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
4011 cmpltr = 6;
4012 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4013 cmpltr = 7;
4014 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4015 {
4016 cmpltr = 0;
4017 flag = 1;
4018 }
4019 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4020 {
4021 cmpltr = 1;
4022 flag = 1;
4023 }
4024 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4025 {
4026 cmpltr = 2;
4027 flag = 1;
4028 }
4029 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4030 {
4031 cmpltr = 3;
4032 flag = 1;
4033 }
4034 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
4035 {
4036 cmpltr = 4;
4037 flag = 1;
4038 }
4039 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
4040 {
4041 cmpltr = 5;
4042 flag = 1;
4043 }
4044 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
4045 {
4046 cmpltr = 6;
4047 flag = 1;
4048 }
4049 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4050 {
4051 cmpltr = 7;
4052 flag = 1;
4053 }
4054 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4055 else if (*args == 'a' || *name)
4056 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
4057 *s = c;
4058 }
4059 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4060 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
252b5132 4061
9b52905e
NC		 4062 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
4063 case 'd':
4064 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4065 if (cmpltr < 0)
4066 {
4067 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
4068 cmpltr = 0;
4069 }
4070 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
252b5132 4071
9b52905e
NC		 4072 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
4073 case 'W':
4074 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
4075 if (cmpltr < 0)
4076 {
4077 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
4078 cmpltr = 0;
4079 }
4080 else
4081 {
4082 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4083 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
4084 }
4085 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
252b5132 4086
9b52905e
NC		 4087 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
4088 condition. */
4089 case '@':
4090 save_s = s;
4091 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4092 if (cmpltr < 0)
4093 {
4094 s = save_s;
4095 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4096 if (cmpltr < 0)
4097 {
4098 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
4099 cmpltr = 0;
4100 }
4101 else
4102 {
4103 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4104 opcode |= 1 << 27;
4105 }
4106 }
4107 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
252b5132 4108
9b52905e
NC		 4109 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
4110 case 'B':
4111 case 'b':
4112 cmpltr = 0;
4113 if (*s == ',')
4114 {
4115 s++;
252b5132 4116
9b52905e
NC		 4117 if (*args == 'B')
4118 {
4119 if (*s == '*')
4120 s++;
4121 else
4122 break;
4123 }
4124 else if (*s == '*')
4125 break;
252b5132 4126
9b52905e
NC		 4127 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
4128 {
4129 cmpltr = 0;
4130 s++;
4131 }
4132 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
4133 {
4134 cmpltr = 1;
4135 s += 2;
4136 }
4137 else
4138 as_bad (_("Invalid Bit Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
4139 }
4140 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
252b5132 4141
9b52905e
NC		 4142 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
4143 case 'S':
4144 case 's':
4145 cmpltr = 0;
4146 flag = 0;
4147 if (*s == ',')
4148 {
4149 s++;
252b5132 4150
9b52905e
NC		 4151 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4152 if (*args == 'S')
4153 {
4154 if (*s == '*')
4155 s++;
4156 else
4157 break;
4158 }
4159 else if (*s == '*')
4160 break;
252b5132 4161
9b52905e
NC		 4162 name = s;
4163 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4164 s += 1;
4165 c = *s;
4166 *s = 0x00;
4167 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4168 cmpltr = 1;
4169 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4170 cmpltr = 2;
4171 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
4172 cmpltr = 3;
4173 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
4174 cmpltr = 4;
4175 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
4176 cmpltr = 5;
4177 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
4178 cmpltr = 6;
4179 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4180 cmpltr = 7;
4181 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4182 {
4183 cmpltr = 0;
4184 flag = 1;
4185 }
4186 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4187 {
4188 cmpltr = 1;
4189 flag = 1;
4190 }
4191 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4192 {
4193 cmpltr = 2;
4194 flag = 1;
4195 }
4196 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4197 {
4198 cmpltr = 3;
4199 flag = 1;
4200 }
4201 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
4202 {
4203 cmpltr = 4;
4204 flag = 1;
4205 }
4206 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
4207 {
4208 cmpltr = 5;
4209 flag = 1;
4210 }
4211 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
4212 {
4213 cmpltr = 6;
4214 flag = 1;
4215 }
4216 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4217 {
4218 cmpltr = 7;
4219 flag = 1;
4220 }
4221 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4222 else if (*args != 'S' || *name)
4223 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
4224 name);
4225 *s = c;
4226 }
4227 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4228 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
252b5132 4229
9b52905e
NC		 4230 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
4231 case 't':
4232 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4233 if (cmpltr < 0)
4234 {
4235 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
4236 cmpltr = 0;
4237 }
4238 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
1cf6ae67 4239
9b52905e
NC		 4240 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
4241 case 'n':
4242 save_s = s;
4243 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4244 if (cmpltr < 0)
4245 {
4246 s = save_s;
4247 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4248 if (cmpltr < 0)
4249 {
4250 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition"));
4251 cmpltr = 0;
4252 }
4253 else
4254 {
4255 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4256 opcode |= 1 << 27;
4257 }
4258 }
1cf6ae67 4259
9b52905e
NC		 4260 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4261
4262 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
4263 case 'N':
4264 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
4265 if (cmpltr >= 0)
4266 {
4267 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4268 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
4269 }
4270 else
4271 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
4272 break;
1cf6ae67 4273
9b52905e 4274 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
1cf6ae67 4275
9b52905e
NC		 4276 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
4277 case 'Q':
4278 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
4279 if (cmpltr < 0)
4280 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
4281 break;
1cf6ae67 4282
9b52905e 4283 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
1cf6ae67 4284
9b52905e
NC		 4285 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
4286 case 'L':
4287 case 'l':
4288 cmpltr = 0;
4289 flag = 0;
4290 if (*s == ',')
4291 {
4292 s++;
1cf6ae67 4293
9b52905e
NC		 4294 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4295 if (*args == 'L')
4296 {
4297 if (*s == '*')
4298 s++;
4299 else
4300 break;
4301 }
4302 else if (*s == '*')
4303 break;
252b5132 4304
9b52905e
NC		 4305 name = s;
4306 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4307 s += 1;
4308 c = *s;
4309 *s = 0x00;
252b5132 4310
9b52905e
NC		 4311 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4312 cmpltr = 1;
4313 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4314 cmpltr = 2;
4315 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
4316 cmpltr = 3;
4317 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4318 cmpltr = 7;
4319 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4320 {
4321 cmpltr = 0;
4322 flag = 1;
4323 }
4324 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4325 {
4326 cmpltr = 1;
4327 flag = 1;
4328 }
4329 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4330 {
4331 cmpltr = 2;
4332 flag = 1;
4333 }
4334 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4335 {
4336 cmpltr = 3;
4337 flag = 1;
4338 }
4339 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4340 {
4341 cmpltr = 7;
4342 flag = 1;
4343 }
4344 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4345 else if (*args != 'L' || *name)
4346 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
4347 *s = c;
4348 }
4349 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4350 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4351
4352 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
4353 case 'X':
4354 case 'x':
4355 case 'y':
4356 cmpltr = 0;
91c2f09e
DA		 4357 /* Check immediate values in shift/extract/deposit
4358 * instructions if they will give undefined behaviour. */
4359 immediate_check = 1;
9b52905e
NC		 4360 if (*s == ',')
4361 {
4362 save_s = s++;
4363
4364 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4365 if (*args == 'X')
4366 {
4367 if (*s == '*')
4368 s++;
4369 else
4370 break;
4371 }
4372 else if (*s == '*')
4373 break;
4374
4375 name = s;
4376 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4377 s += 1;
4378 c = *s;
4379 *s = 0x00;
4380 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4381 cmpltr = 1;
4382 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4383 cmpltr = 2;
4384 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4385 cmpltr = 3;
4386 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4387 cmpltr = 4;
4388 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4389 cmpltr = 5;
4390 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4391 cmpltr = 6;
4392 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4393 cmpltr = 7;
4394 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
4395 This includes moving s back to where it started. */
4396 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
4397 {
4398 *s = c;
4399 s = save_s;
4400 continue;
4401 }
4402 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4403 else if (*args != 'X' || *name)
4404 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
4405 *s = c;
4406 }
4407 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4408
4409 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
4410 case 'U':
4411 case 'u':
4412 cmpltr = 0;
4413 flag = 0;
4414 if (*s == ',')
4415 {
4416 s++;
4417
4418 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4419 if (*args == 'U')
4420 {
4421 if (*s == '*')
4422 s++;
4423 else
4424 break;
4425 }
4426 else if (*s == '*')
4427 break;
4428
4429 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
4430 {
4431 cmpltr = 2;
4432 s += 3;
4433 }
4434 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
4435 {
4436 cmpltr = 3;
4437 s += 3;
4438 }
4439 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
4440 {
4441 cmpltr = 4;
4442 s += 3;
4443 }
4444 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
4445 {
4446 cmpltr = 6;
4447 s += 3;
4448 }
4449 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
4450 {
4451 cmpltr = 7;
4452 s += 3;
4453 }
4454 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
4455 {
4456 cmpltr = 0;
4457 flag = 1;
4458 s += 2;
4459 }
4460 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
4461 {
4462 cmpltr = 2;
4463 flag = 1;
4464 s += 3;
4465 }
4466 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
4467 {
4468 cmpltr = 3;
4469 flag = 1;
4470 s += 3;
4471 }
4472 else if (strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
4473 {
4474 cmpltr = 4;
4475 flag = 1;
4476 s += 3;
4477 }
4478 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
4479 {
4480 cmpltr = 6;
4481 flag = 1;
4482 s += 3;
4483 }
4484 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
4485 {
4486 cmpltr = 7;
4487 flag = 1;
4488 s += 3;
4489 }
4490 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
4491 {
4492 cmpltr = 1;
4493 flag = 0;
4494 s += 3;
4495 }
4496 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
4497 {
4498 cmpltr = 5;
4499 flag = 0;
4500 s += 3;
4501 }
4502 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
4503 {
4504 cmpltr = 1;
4505 flag = 1;
4506 s += 3;
4507 }
4508 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
4509 {
4510 cmpltr = 5;
4511 flag = 1;
4512 s += 3;
4513 }
4514 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4515 else if (*args != 'U' || (*s != ' ' && *s != '\t'))
4516 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
4517 }
4518 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4519 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
252b5132 4520
9b52905e
NC		 4521 default:
4522 abort ();
4523 }
4524 break;
4525 }
252b5132 4526
9b52905e
NC		 4527 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
4528 case 'n':
4529 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
4530 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
252b5132 4531
9b52905e
NC		 4532 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
4533 case 'N':
4534 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
4535 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
252b5132 4536
9b52905e
NC		 4537 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
4538 case 'L':
4539 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
4540 s += 4;
4541 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
4542 s += 4;
4543 else
4544 break;
4545 continue;
252b5132 4546
9b52905e
NC		 4547 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
4548 are 0..6 inclusive. */
4549 case 'h':
4550 get_expression (s);
4551 s = expr_end;
4552 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4553 {
4554 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4555 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
4556 num++;
4557 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
4558 }
4559 else
4560 break;
252b5132 4561
9b52905e
NC		 4562 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
4563 are 0..6 inclusive. */
4564 case 'm':
4565 get_expression (s);
4566 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4567 {
4568 s = expr_end;
4569 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4570 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
4571 num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
4572 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
4573 }
4574 else
4575 break;
252b5132 4576
9b52905e
NC		 4577 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
4578 case '=':
4579 {
4580 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
4581 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4582 }
252b5132 4583
9b52905e
NC		 4584 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
4585 case 'i':
4586 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4587 get_expression (s);
4588 s = expr_end;
4589 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4590 {
4591 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4592 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
4593 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
4594 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4595 }
4596 else
4597 {
4598 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4599 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4600 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4601 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4602#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4603 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4604 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4605 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4606 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4607 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4608 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4609 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4610 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4611 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4612 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
252b5132 4613#endif
9b52905e
NC		 4614 else
4615 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4616 the_insn.format = 11;
4617 continue;
4618 }
252b5132 4619
9b52905e
NC		 4620 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4621 case 'J':
4622 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4623 get_expression (s);
4624 s = expr_end;
4625 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4626 {
4627 int mb;
252b5132 4628
9b52905e
NC		 4629 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
4630 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
4631 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
4632 good to rethink this. */
4633 mb = opcode & 1;
4634 opcode -= mb;
4635 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4636 if (mb != (num < 0))
4637 break;
4638 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4639 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4640 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4641 }
4642 break;
252b5132 4643
9b52905e
NC		 4644 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4645 case 'K':
4646 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4647 get_expression (s);
4648 s = expr_end;
4649 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4650 {
4651 int mb;
4652
4653 mb = opcode & 1;
4654 opcode -= mb;
4655 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4656 if (mb == (num < 0))
4657 break;
4658 if (num % 4)
4659 break;
4660 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4661 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4662 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4663 }
4664 break;
252b5132 4665
9b52905e
NC		 4666 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
4667 case '<':
4668 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4669 get_expression (s);
4670 s = expr_end;
4671 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4672 {
4673 int mb;
252b5132 4674
9b52905e
NC		 4675 mb = opcode & 1;
4676 opcode -= mb;
4677 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4678 if (mb != (num < 0))
4679 break;
4680 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4681 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
4682 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4683 }
4684 break;
252b5132 4685
9b52905e
NC		 4686 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
4687 case '>':
4688 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4689 get_expression (s);
4690 s = expr_end;
4691 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4692 {
4693 int mb;
252b5132 4694
9b52905e
NC		 4695 mb = opcode & 1;
4696 opcode -= mb;
4697 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4698 if (mb == (num < 0))
4699 break;
4700 if (num % 4)
4701 break;
4702 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4703 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
4704 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4705 }
4706 break;
252b5132 4707
9b52905e
NC		 4708 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
4709 case '#':
4710 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) != pa20)
4711 break;
4712 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4713 get_expression (s);
4714 s = expr_end;
4715 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4716 {
4717 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4718 if (num & 0x7)
4719 break;
4720 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4721 if (num < 0)
4722 opcode |= 1;
4723 num &= 0x1fff;
4724 num >>= 3;
4725 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
4726 }
4727 else
4728 {
4729 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4730 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4731 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4732 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4733#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4734 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4735 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4736 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4737 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4738 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4739 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4740 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4741 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4742 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4743 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4744#endif
4745 else
4746 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4747 the_insn.format = 14;
4748 continue;
4749 }
4750 break;
252b5132 4751
9b52905e
NC		 4752 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
4753 case 'd':
4754 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4755 get_expression (s);
4756 s = expr_end;
4757 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4758 {
4759 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4760 if (num & 0x3)
4761 break;
4762 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4763 if (num < 0)
4764 opcode |= 1;
4765 num &= 0x1fff;
4766 num >>= 2;
4767 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
4768 }
4769 else
4770 {
4771 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4772 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4773 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4774 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4775#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4776 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4777 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4778 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4779 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4780 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4781 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4782 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4783 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4784 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4785 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4786#endif
4787 else
4788 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4789 the_insn.format = 14;
4790 continue;
4791 }
252b5132 4792
9b52905e
NC		 4793 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4794 case 'j':
4795 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4796 get_expression (s);
4797 s = expr_end;
4798 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4799 {
4800 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4801 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4802 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4803 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4804 }
4805 else
4806 {
4807 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4808 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4809 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4810 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4811#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4812 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4813 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4814 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4815 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4816 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4817 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4818 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4819 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4820 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4821 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4822#endif
4823 else
4824 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4825 the_insn.format = 14;
4826 continue;
4827 }
252b5132 4828
9b52905e
NC		 4829 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
4830 case 'k':
4831 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4832 get_expression (s);
4833 s = expr_end;
4834 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4835 {
4836 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4837 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
4838 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
4839 continue;
4840 }
4841 else
4842 {
4843 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4844 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4845 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4846 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4847#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4848 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4849 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4850 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4851 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4852 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4853 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4854 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4855 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4856 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4857 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4858#endif
4859 else
4860 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4861 the_insn.format = 21;
4862 continue;
4863 }
252b5132 4864
9b52905e
NC		 4865 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
4866 case 'l':
4867 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4868 get_expression (s);
4869 s = expr_end;
4870 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4871 {
4872 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4873 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4874 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4875 continue;
4876 }
4877 else
4878 {
4879 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4880 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4881 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4882 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4883 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4884#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4885 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4886 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4887 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4888 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4889 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4890 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4891 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4892 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4893 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4894 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4895#endif
4896 else
4897 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4898 the_insn.format = 14;
4899 continue;
4900 }
4901
4902 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
4903 case 'y':
4904 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4905 get_expression (s);
4906 s = expr_end;
4907 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4908 {
4909 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4910 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4911 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
4912 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4913 continue;
4914 }
4915 else
4916 {
4917 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4918 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4919 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4920 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4921 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4922#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4923 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4924 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4925 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4926 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4927 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4928 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4929 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4930 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4931 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4932 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4933#endif
4934 else
4935 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4936 the_insn.format = 14;
4937 continue;
4938 }
252b5132 4939
9b52905e
NC		 4940 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
4941 case '&':
4942 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4943 get_expression (s);
4944 s = expr_end;
4945 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4946 {
4947 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4948 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4949 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
4950 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4951 continue;
4952 }
4953 else
4954 {
4955 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4956 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4957 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4958 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4959 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4960#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4961 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4962 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4963 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4964 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4965 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4966 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4967 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4968 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4969 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4970 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4971#endif
4972 else
4973 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4974 the_insn.format = 14;
4975 continue;
4976 }
252b5132 4977
9b52905e
NC		 4978 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
4979 case 'w':
4980 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4981 get_expression (s);
4982 s = expr_end;
4983 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
4984 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
4985 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
4986 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
4987 {
4988 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4989 if (num % 4)
4990 {
4991 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
4992 break;
4993 }
4994 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
4995 num -= 8;
4996 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4997 opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2);
4998 continue;
4999 }
5000 else
5001 {
5002 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5003 the_insn.format = 12;
5004 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5005 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5006 s = expr_end;
5007 continue;
5008 }
252b5132 5009
9b52905e
NC		 5010 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
5011 case 'W':
5012 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5013 get_expression (s);
5014 s = expr_end;
5015 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
5016 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5017 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5018 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5019 {
5020 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5021 if (num % 4)
5022 {
5023 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5024 break;
5025 }
5026 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5027 num -= 8;
5028 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
5029 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
5030 continue;
5031 }
5032 else
5033 {
5034 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5035 the_insn.format = 17;
5036 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5037 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5038 continue;
5039 }
252b5132 5040
9b52905e
NC		 5041 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
5042 case 'X':
5043 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5044 get_expression (s);
5045 s = expr_end;
5046 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
5047 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5048 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5049 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5050 {
5051 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5052 if (num % 4)
5053 {
5054 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5055 break;
5056 }
5057 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5058 num -= 8;
5059 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
5060 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
5061 }
5062 else
5063 {
5064 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5065 the_insn.format = 22;
5066 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5067 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5068 continue;
5069 }
252b5132 5070
9b52905e
NC		 5071 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
5072 case 'z':
5073 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5074 get_expression (s);
5075 s = expr_end;
5076 the_insn.pcrel = 0;
5077 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5078 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5079 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5080 {
5081 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5082 if (num % 4)
5083 {
5084 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5085 break;
5086 }
5087 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5088 num -= 8;
5089 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
5090 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
5091 continue;
5092 }
5093 else
5094 {
5095 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
5096 the_insn.format = 17;
5097 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5098 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5099 continue;
5100 }
252b5132 5101
9b52905e
NC		 5102 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
5103 case 'Z':
5104 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
5105 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
5106 {
5107 s += 4;
5108 continue;
5109 }
5110 else
4e3b43ed 5111 break;
252b5132 5112
9b52905e
NC		 5113 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
5114 case 'Y':
5115 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
5116 break;
5117 s += 9;
5118 continue;
252b5132 5119
9b52905e
NC		 5120 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
5121 case '@':
5122 if (*s != '0')
5123 break;
5124 s++;
5125 continue;
252b5132 5126
9b52905e
NC		 5127 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
5128 case '.':
5129 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5130 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5131 break;
5132 s = expr_end;
5133 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
5134 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
252b5132 5135
9b52905e
NC		 5136 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
5137 case '*':
5138 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5139 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5140 break;
5141 s = expr_end;
5142 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
5143 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5144
5145 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
5146 case 'p':
5147 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5148 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5149 break;
5150 s = expr_end;
5151 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
91c2f09e 5152 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
9b52905e 5153 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
252b5132 5154
9b52905e
NC		 5155 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
5156 case '~':
5157 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5158 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5159 break;
5160 s = expr_end;
5161 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
91c2f09e 5162 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
9b52905e
NC		 5163 num = 63 - num;
5164 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
5165 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
252b5132 5166
9b52905e
NC		 5167 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
5168 case '%':
5169 flag = 0;
5170 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5171 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5172 break;
5173 s = expr_end;
5174 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
91c2f09e 5175 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
9b52905e
NC		 5176 num--;
5177 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
5178 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
5179 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
252b5132 5180
9b52905e
NC		 5181 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
5182 case '|':
5183 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5184 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5185 break;
5186 s = expr_end;
5187 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
91c2f09e 5188 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
9b52905e
NC		 5189 num--;
5190 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
5191 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
5192 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
252b5132 5193
9b52905e
NC		 5194 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
5195 case 'P':
5196 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5197 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5198 break;
5199 s = expr_end;
5200 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
91c2f09e 5201 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
9b52905e 5202 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
252b5132 5203
9b52905e
NC		 5204 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
5205 case 'q':
5206 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5207 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5208 break;
5209 s = expr_end;
5210 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
91c2f09e 5211 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
9b52905e
NC		 5212 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
5213 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
252b5132 5214
9b52905e
NC		 5215 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
5216 of the high bit of the immediate. */
5217 case 'B':
5218 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5219 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5220 break;
5221 s = expr_end;
5222 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5223 if (num & 0x20)
5224 ;
5225 else
5226 opcode |= (1 << 13);
5227 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
252b5132 5228
9b52905e
NC		 5229 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
5230 case 'Q':
5231 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5232 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5233 break;
5234 s = expr_end;
5235 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5236 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
252b5132 5237
9b52905e
NC		 5238 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
5239 case '$':
5240 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5241 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5242 break;
5243 s = expr_end;
5244 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
5245 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
252b5132 5246
9b52905e
NC		 5247 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
5248 case 'A':
5249 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5250 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5251 break;
5252 s = expr_end;
5253 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
5254 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
252b5132 5255
9b52905e
NC		 5256 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
5257 case 'D':
5258 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5259 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5260 break;
5261 s = expr_end;
5262 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
5263 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
252b5132 5264
9b52905e
NC		 5265 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
5266 case 'v':
5267 if (*s++ != ',')
5268 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
5269 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5270 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5271 break;
5272 s = expr_end;
5273 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
5274 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
252b5132 5275
9b52905e
NC		 5276 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
5277 case 'O':
5278 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5279 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5280 break;
5281 s = expr_end;
5282 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
5283 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
5284 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
252b5132 5285
9b52905e
NC		 5286 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
5287 case 'o':
5288 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5289 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5290 break;
5291 s = expr_end;
5292 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
5293 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
252b5132 5294
9b52905e
NC		 5295 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
5296 case '0':
5297 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5298 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5299 break;
5300 s = expr_end;
5301 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
5302 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
5303 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5304
5305 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
5306 case '1':
5307 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5308 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5309 break;
5310 s = expr_end;
5311 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
5312 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
5313 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5314
5315 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
5316 case 'u':
5317 if (*s++ != ',')
5318 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
5319 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5320 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5321 break;
5322 s = expr_end;
5323 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
5324 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
252b5132 5325
9b52905e
NC		 5326 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
5327 case '2':
5328 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5329 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5330 break;
5331 s = expr_end;
5332 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
5333 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
5334 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
252b5132 5335
9b52905e
NC		 5336 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
5337 case '{':
5338 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
5339 {
5340 the_insn.trunc = 1;
5341 s += 2;
5342 }
5343 else
5344 the_insn.trunc = 0;
5345 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
5346 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5347 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
5348 flag = SGL;
5349 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
5350 flag = DBL;
5351 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
5352 flag = QUAD;
5353 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
252b5132 5354
9b52905e
NC		 5355 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
5356 case '_':
5357 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
5358 s--;
5359 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
5360 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
5361 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
5362 flag = SGL;
5363 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
5364 flag = DBL;
5365 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
5366 flag = QUAD;
5367 opcode |= flag << 13;
5368 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
5369 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
5370 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
5371 {
5372 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5373 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5374 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5375 flag = 0;
5376 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
5377 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
5378 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
5379 flag = 2;
5380 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
5381 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
5382 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
5383 flag = 6;
5384 else
5385 abort ();
5386 }
5387 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
5388 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
5389 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
5390 {
5391 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5392 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5393 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5394 flag = 1;
5395 else
5396 abort ();
5397 }
5398 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
5399 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
5400 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
5401 {
5402 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5403 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5404 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5405 flag = 5;
5406 else
5407 abort ();
5408 }
5409 flag |= the_insn.trunc;
5410 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
252b5132 5411
9b52905e
NC		 5412 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
5413 case 'F':
5414 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5415 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5416 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
d53d2751 5417
9b52905e
NC		 5418 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
5419 case 'G':
5420 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
5421 s--;
5422 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5423 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
5424 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
d53d2751 5425
9b52905e
NC		 5426 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
5427 case 'I':
5428 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5429 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5430 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
d53d2751 5431
9b52905e
NC		 5432 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
5433 Only allows single and double precision. */
5434 case 'H':
5435 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5436 switch (flag)
5437 {
5438 case SGL:
5439 opcode |= 0x20;
5440 case DBL:
5441 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5442 continue;
d53d2751 5443
9b52905e
NC		 5444 case QUAD:
5445 case ILLEGAL_FMT:
5446 default:
5447 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
5448 }
5449 break;
5450
5451 /* Handle all floating point registers. */
5452 case 'f':
5453 switch (*++args)
4e3b43ed 5454 {
9b52905e
NC		 5455 /* Float target register. */
5456 case 't':
5457 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
5458 break;
5459 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5460 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5461 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
d53d2751 5462
9b52905e
NC		 5463 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */
5464 case 'T':
5465 {
5466 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5467 break;
5468 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5469 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5470 opcode |= num;
d53d2751 5471
9b52905e
NC		 5472 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
5473 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
5474 is not necessary for loads/stores. */
5475 if (need_pa11_opcode ()
5476 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
5477 opcode |= 1 << 27;
d53d2751 5478
9b52905e
NC		 5479 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
5480 continue;
5481 }
d53d2751 5482
9b52905e
NC		 5483 /* Float operand 1. */
5484 case 'a':
5485 {
5486 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5487 break;
5488 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5489 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5490 opcode |= num << 21;
5491 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5492 {
5493 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
5494 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5495 }
5496 continue;
5497 }
d53d2751 5498
9b52905e
NC		 5499 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
5500 case 'X':
5501 case 'A':
5502 {
5503 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5504 break;
5505 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5506 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5507 opcode |= num << 21;
5508 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
5509 continue;
5510 }
d53d2751 5511
9b52905e
NC		 5512 /* Float operand 2. */
5513 case 'b':
5514 {
5515 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5516 break;
5517 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5518 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5519 opcode |= num << 16;
5520 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5521 {
5522 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
5523 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5524 }
5525 continue;
5526 }
d53d2751 5527
9b52905e
NC		 5528 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
5529 case 'B':
5530 {
5531 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5532 break;
5533 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5534 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5535 opcode |= num << 16;
5536 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
5537 continue;
5538 }
252b5132 5539
9b52905e
NC		 5540 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
5541 case 'C':
5542 {
5543 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5544 break;
5545 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5546 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5547 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
5548 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
5549 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
5550 continue;
5551 }
252b5132 5552
9b52905e
NC		 5553 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5554 case 'i':
5555 {
5556 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5557 break;
5558 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5559 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5560 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5561 {
5562 if (num < 16)
5563 {
5564 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5565 break;
5566 }
5567 num &= 0xF;
5568 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5569 }
5570 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
5571 }
5572
5573 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5574 case 'j':
5575 {
5576 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5577 break;
5578 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5579 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5580 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5581 {
4e3b43ed
AM		 5582 if (num < 16)
5583 {
9b52905e
NC		 5584 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5585 break;
4e3b43ed
AM		 5586 }
5587 num &= 0xF;
5588 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
9b52905e
NC		 5589 }
5590 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
5591 }
5592
5593 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5594 case 'k':
5595 {
5596 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5597 break;
5598 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5599 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5600 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5601 {
4e3b43ed
AM		 5602 if (num < 16)
5603 {
9b52905e
NC		 5604 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5605 break;
4e3b43ed
AM		 5606 }
5607 num &= 0xF;
5608 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
9b52905e
NC		 5609 }
5610 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5611 }
252b5132 5612
9b52905e
NC		 5613 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5614 case 'l':
5615 {
5616 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5617 break;
5618 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5619 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5620 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5621 {
4e3b43ed
AM		 5622 if (num < 16)
5623 {
9b52905e
NC		 5624 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5625 break;
4e3b43ed
AM		 5626 }
5627 num &= 0xF;
5628 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
9b52905e
NC		 5629 }
5630 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5631 }
252b5132 5632
9b52905e
NC		 5633 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5634 case 'm':
5635 {
5636 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5637 break;
5638 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5639 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5640 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5641 {
4e3b43ed
AM		 5642 if (num < 16)
5643 {
9b52905e
NC		 5644 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5645 break;
4e3b43ed
AM		 5646 }
5647 num &= 0xF;
5648 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
9b52905e
NC		 5649 }
5650 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
5651 }
252b5132 5652
9b52905e
NC		 5653 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
5654 case 'E':
5655 case 'e':
5656 {
5657 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5658 break;
5659 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5660 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5661 opcode |= num << 16;
5662 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5663 {
5664 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
5665 }
5666 continue;
5667 }
252b5132 5668
9b52905e
NC		 5669 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
5670 case 'x':
5671 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
5672 break;
5673 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5674 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5675 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
252b5132 5676
9b52905e
NC		 5677 default:
5678 abort ();
5679 }
5680 break;
5681
5682 default:
5683 abort ();
5684 }
5685 break;
252b5132 5686 }
9b52905e
NC		 5687
5688 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
5689 then set a new architecture. This automatic promotion crud is
5690 for compatibility with HP's old assemblers only. */
5691 if (match == TRUE
5692 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch
5693 && !bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
252b5132 5694 {
9b52905e
NC		 5695 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
5696 match = FALSE;
252b5132 5697 }
9b52905e
NC		 5698
5699 failed:
5700 /* Check if the args matched. */
5701 if (!match)
252b5132 5702 {
9b52905e
NC		 5703 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
5704 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
5705 {
5706 ++insn;
5707 s = argstart;
5708 continue;
5709 }
5710 else
5711 {
5712 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
5713 return;
5714 }
252b5132 5715 }
9b52905e 5716 break;
252b5132
RH		 5717 }
5718
91c2f09e
DA		 5719 if (immediate_check)
5720 {
5721 if (pos != -1 && len != -1 && pos < len - 1)
5722 as_warn (_("Immediates %d and %d will give undefined behavior."),
5723 pos, len);
5724 }
5725
9b52905e 5726 the_insn.opcode = opcode;
252b5132
RH		 5727}
5728
9b52905e
NC		 5729/* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
5730
5731void
5732md_assemble (char *str)
5733{
5734 char *to;
5735
5736 /* The had better be something to assemble. */
9c2799c2 5737 gas_assert (str);
9b52905e
NC		 5738
5739 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
5740 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
5741 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
5742
5743 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
5744 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
5745 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
5746 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
5747 {
5748 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
5749
5750 if (label_symbol)
d53d2751 5751 {
9b52905e
NC		 5752 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
5753 {
5754 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
5755 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
5756 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
5757#ifdef OBJ_SOM
5758 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
5759 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
5760 if (within_entry_exit)
5761 {
5762 char *where;
5763 unsigned int u;
5764
5765 where = frag_more (0);
5766 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
5767 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5768 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5769 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
5770 }
5771#endif
5772 }
5773 else
5774 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
d53d2751
JL		 5775 }
5776 else
9b52905e 5777 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
d53d2751
JL		 5778 }
5779
9b52905e
NC		 5780 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
5781 pa_ip (str);
d53d2751 5782
9b52905e
NC		 5783 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instruction. */
5784 to = frag_more (4);
5785
5786 /* Output the opcode. */
5787 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
5788
5789 /* If necessary output more stuff. */
5790 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
5791 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
5792 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
5793 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
5794 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0);
5795
5796#ifdef OBJ_ELF
5797 dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
5798#endif
d53d2751
JL		 5799}
5800
49863f82 5801#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 5802/* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
5803 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
5804static void
9b52905e 5805pa_align (int bytes)
252b5132
RH		 5806{
5807 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5808 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5809
5810 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
5811 s_align_bytes (bytes);
5812
5813 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5814 alignment if necessary. */
b8fc22bc
DA		 5815 if (exact_log2 (bytes) != -1)
5816 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, exact_log2 (bytes));
252b5132 5817}
49863f82 5818#endif
252b5132
RH		 5819
5820/* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
5821
5822static void
9b52905e 5823pa_block (int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132 5824{
252b5132 5825 unsigned int temp_size;
252b5132 5826
49863f82 5827#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 5828 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5829 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 5830#endif
252b5132
RH		 5831
5832 temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5833
ee192366
MM		 5834 if (temp_size > 0x3FFFFFFF)
5835 {
5836 as_bad (_("Argument to .BLOCK/.BLOCKZ must be between 0 and 0x3fffffff"));
5837 temp_size = 0;
5838 }
6bdb6dec 5839 else
252b5132 5840 {
6bdb6dec
AM		 5841 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
5842 char *p = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, 0, NULL, temp_size, NULL);
5843 *p = 0;
252b5132
RH		 5844 }
5845
5846 pa_undefine_label ();
5847 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5848}
5849
5850/* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
5851
5852static void
9b52905e 5853pa_brtab (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132
RH		 5854{
5855
5856#ifdef OBJ_SOM
0234cb7c 5857 /* The BRTAB relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
252b5132
RH		 5858 the beginning and end of branch tables). */
5859 char *where = frag_more (0);
5860
5861 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5862 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5863 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
da6c73e0 5864 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
252b5132
RH		 5865#endif
5866
5867 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5868}
5869
5870/* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
5871
5872static void
9b52905e 5873pa_try (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132
RH		 5874{
5875#ifdef OBJ_SOM
5876 expressionS exp;
5877 char *where = frag_more (0);
5878
5879 if (! begin)
5880 expression (&exp);
5881
0234cb7c 5882 /* The TRY relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
252b5132
RH		 5883 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
5884
5885 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5886 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
5887 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
da6c73e0 5888 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
252b5132
RH		 5889#endif
5890
5891 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5892}
5893
252b5132
RH		 5894/* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
5895 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
5896
5897static void
9b52905e 5898pa_call_args (struct call_desc *call_desc)
252b5132
RH		 5899{
5900 char *name, c, *p;
5901 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
5902
5903 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
5904 {
5905 name = input_line_pointer;
5906 c = get_symbol_end ();
5907 /* Process a source argument. */
5908 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
5909 {
5910 temp = atoi (name + 4);
5911 p = input_line_pointer;
5912 *p = c;
5913 input_line_pointer++;
5914 name = input_line_pointer;
5915 c = get_symbol_end ();
5916 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5917 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
5918 }
5919 /* Process a return value. */
5920 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
5921 {
5922 p = input_line_pointer;
5923 *p = c;
5924 input_line_pointer++;
5925 name = input_line_pointer;
5926 c = get_symbol_end ();
5927 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5928 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
5929 }
5930 else
5931 {
5932 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
5933 }
5934 p = input_line_pointer;
5935 *p = c;
5936 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
5937 input_line_pointer++;
5938 }
5939}
5940
9b52905e
NC		 5941/* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
5942 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
5943 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
5944
5945static void
5946pa_call (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5947{
5948#ifdef OBJ_SOM
5949 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5950 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5951#endif
5952
5953 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
5954 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5955}
5956
252b5132
RH		 5957#ifdef OBJ_ELF
5958/* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
5959 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
5960 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
5961 of the unwind spaces. */
5962
5963static void
9b52905e 5964pa_build_unwind_subspace (struct call_info *call_info)
252b5132 5965{
252b5132 5966 asection *seg, *save_seg;
3f9b03b5 5967 subsegT save_subseg;
da6c73e0 5968 unsigned int unwind;
3f9b03b5 5969 int reloc;
b6cdf8ae
DA		 5970 char *name, *p;
5971 symbolS *symbolP;
252b5132 5972
1d3d5051
AM		 5973 if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg)
5974 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
5975 != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
7acbfc6b
JL		 5976 return;
5977
bb7835b8
NC		 5978 if (call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
5979 /* This can happen if there were errors earlier on in the assembly. */
5980 return;
5981
b6cdf8ae
DA		 5982 /* Replace the start symbol with a local symbol that will be reduced
5983 to a section offset. This avoids problems with weak functions with
5984 multiple definitions, etc. */
5985 name = xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001start_")
5986 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (call_info->start_symbol))
5987 + 1);
5988 strcpy (name, "L$\001start_");
5989 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (call_info->start_symbol));
5990
5991 /* If we have a .procend preceded by a .exit, then the symbol will have
5992 already been defined. In that case, we don't want another unwind
5993 entry. */
5994 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
5995 if (symbolP)
5996 {
5997 xfree (name);
5998 return;
5999 }
6000 else
6001 {
6002 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg,
6003 S_GET_VALUE (call_info->start_symbol), frag_now);
6004 gas_assert (symbolP);
6005 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
6006 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
6007 }
6008
c46b7515 6009 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
c97305a1
JL		 6010 save_seg = now_seg;
6011 save_subseg = now_subseg;
252b5132
RH		 6012 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
6013 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
6014 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
252b5132
RH		 6015 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
6016 if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
6017 {
c97305a1 6018 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
252b5132
RH		 6019 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
6020 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
b100be66
JL		 6021 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
6022 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
252b5132
RH		 6023 }
6024
46031ca9 6025 subseg_set (seg, 0);
252b5132 6026
252b5132
RH		 6027 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
6028 descriptor. */
da6c73e0 6029 p = frag_more (16);
252b5132
RH		 6030
6031 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
8ea46bbd 6032 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
252b5132 6033 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
b6cdf8ae 6034 symbolP, (offsetT) 0,
46031ca9 6035 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
da6c73e0 6036 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
252b5132
RH		 6037
6038 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6039
6040 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6041 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6042 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
6043 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6044 finished with its work. */
8ea46bbd 6045 md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4);
da6c73e0 6046 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
252b5132 6047 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
46031ca9 6048 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
da6c73e0 6049 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
252b5132 6050
da6c73e0
AM		 6051 /* Dump the descriptor. */
6052 unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6053 md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4);
6054
6055 unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6056 md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4);
252b5132
RH		 6057
6058 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
6059 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6060}
6061#endif
6062
6063/* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
6064 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6065 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */
6066
6067static void
9b52905e 6068pa_callinfo (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132
RH		 6069{
6070 char *name, c, *p;
6071 int temp;
6072
49863f82 6073#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 6074 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6075 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 6076#endif
252b5132
RH		 6077
6078 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
6079 if (!within_procedure)
6080 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6081
6082 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6083 current procedure. */
6084 callinfo_found = TRUE;
6085
6086 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
6087 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6088 {
6089 name = input_line_pointer;
6090 c = get_symbol_end ();
6091 /* Frame size specification. */
6092 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6093 {
6094 p = input_line_pointer;
6095 *p = c;
6096 input_line_pointer++;
6097 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6098 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6099 {
6100 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6101 temp = 0;
6102 }
6103
6104 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
6105 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6106
6107 }
6108 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
6109 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6110 {
6111 p = input_line_pointer;
6112 *p = c;
6113 input_line_pointer++;
6114 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6115 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6116 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
6117 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
6118 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6119 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6120 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6121 }
6122 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6123 {
6124 p = input_line_pointer;
6125 *p = c;
6126 input_line_pointer++;
6127 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6128 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6129 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
6130 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6131 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6132 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6133 }
6134 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6135 {
6136 p = input_line_pointer;
6137 *p = c;
6138 input_line_pointer++;
6139 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6140 if (temp != 3)
6141 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6142 }
6143 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
6144 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) ||
6145 (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6146 {
6147 p = input_line_pointer;
6148 *p = c;
6149 }
6150 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6151 {
6152 p = input_line_pointer;
6153 *p = c;
6154 }
6155 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
6156 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6157 {
6158 p = input_line_pointer;
6159 *p = c;
6160 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6161 }
6162 /* Likewise for SP. */
6163 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6164 {
6165 p = input_line_pointer;
6166 *p = c;
6167 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6168 }
6169 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
4e3b43ed 6170 in the unwind descriptor. */
252b5132
RH		 6171 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6172 {
6173 p = input_line_pointer;
6174 *p = c;
6175 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6176 }
6177 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
4e3b43ed 6178 unwind descriptor. */
252b5132
RH		 6179 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6180 {
6181 p = input_line_pointer;
6182 *p = c;
6183 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6184 }
6185 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
6186 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
6187 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6188 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
6189 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6190 {
6191 p = input_line_pointer;
6192 *p = c;
6193 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6194 }
6195 else
6196 {
6197 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6198 *input_line_pointer = c;
6199 }
6200 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6201 input_line_pointer++;
6202 }
6203
6204 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6205}
6206
85cf2a8a 6207#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
ad1079af
AM		 6208/* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
6209 label when finished. */
9b52905e 6210
252b5132 6211static void
9b52905e 6212pa_text (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132 6213{
49863f82 6214#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 6215 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6216 current_subspace
6217 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
49863f82 6218#endif
ad1079af 6219
252b5132
RH		 6220 s_text (0);
6221 pa_undefine_label ();
6222}
6223
ad1079af 6224/* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
9b52905e 6225
ad1079af 6226static void
9b52905e 6227pa_data (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
ad1079af
AM		 6228{
6229#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6230 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6231 current_subspace
6232 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6233#endif
6234 s_data (0);
6235 pa_undefine_label ();
6236}
6237
252b5132 6238/* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
717c53ea 6239 the .comm pseudo-op has the following syntax:
252b5132
RH		 6240
6241 <label> .comm <length>
6242
6243 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6244 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6245 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6246 and subspace.
6247
6248 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6249
6250 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6251 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
6252 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
6253 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
6254 a pain.
6255
6256 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
6257
6258static void
9b52905e 6259pa_comm (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132
RH		 6260{
6261 unsigned int size;
6262 symbolS *symbol;
6263 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6264
6265 if (label_symbol)
6266 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6267 else
6268 symbol = NULL;
6269
6270 SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6271 size = get_absolute_expression ();
6272
6273 if (symbol)
6274 {
9992270f 6275 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
252b5132 6276 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
7815f848 6277 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_com_section_ptr);
252b5132
RH		 6278 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6279
6280 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
4e3b43ed
AM		 6281 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6282 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
a0f75b47 6283 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
252b5132
RH		 6284 }
6285 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6286}
85cf2a8a 6287#endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) */
252b5132
RH		 6288
6289/* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
6290
6291static void
9b52905e 6292pa_end (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132
RH		 6293{
6294 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6295}
6296
6297/* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
9b52905e 6298
252b5132 6299static void
9b52905e 6300pa_enter (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132 6301{
49863f82 6302#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 6303 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6304 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 6305#endif
252b5132
RH		 6306
6307 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6308 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6309}
6310
6311/* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
0234cb7c 6312 procedure. */
9b52905e 6313
252b5132 6314static void
9b52905e 6315pa_entry (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132 6316{
49863f82 6317#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 6318 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6319 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 6320#endif
252b5132
RH		 6321
6322 if (!within_procedure)
6323 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6324 else
6325 {
6326 if (!callinfo_found)
6327 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6328 }
6329 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6330 within_entry_exit = TRUE;
6331
6332#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6333 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6334 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6335 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6336 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6337
6338 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6339 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6340 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6341 denote the entry and exit points. */
6342 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6343 {
da6c73e0
AM		 6344 char *where;
6345 unsigned int u;
252b5132 6346
da6c73e0
AM		 6347 where = frag_more (0);
6348 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
252b5132
RH		 6349 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6350 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
da6c73e0 6351 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
252b5132
RH		 6352 }
6353#endif
6354}
6355
ecacdc7a
AM		 6356/* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
6357 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
6358 registers, to get the size of the range. */
6359static int fudge_reg_expressions;
6360
6361int
9b52905e
NC		 6362hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (expressionS *resultP,
6363 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6364 expressionS *rightP)
ecacdc7a
AM		 6365{
6366 if (fudge_reg_expressions
6367 && rightP->X_op == O_register
6368 && resultP->X_op == O_register)
6369 {
6370 rightP->X_op = O_constant;
6371 resultP->X_op = O_constant;
6372 }
6373 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
6374}
6375
252b5132
RH		 6376/* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
6377
6378static void
9b52905e 6379pa_equ (int reg)
252b5132
RH		 6380{
6381 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6382 symbolS *symbol;
6383
6384 if (label_symbol)
6385 {
6386 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6387 if (reg)
ecacdc7a
AM		 6388 {
6389 strict = 1;
6390 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
6391 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
6392 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
6393 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
6394 }
252b5132 6395 else
ecacdc7a
AM		 6396 {
6397 expressionS exp;
6398 segT seg;
6399
6400 fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
6401 seg = expression (&exp);
6402 fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
6403 if (exp.X_op != O_constant
6404 && exp.X_op != O_register)
6405 {
6406 if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
6407 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
6408 exp.X_add_number = 0;
6409 seg = absolute_section;
6410 }
6411 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
6412 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
6413 }
252b5132
RH		 6414 }
6415 else
6416 {
6417 if (reg)
6418 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6419 else
6420 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6421 }
6422
6423 pa_undefine_label ();
6424 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6425}
6426
9b52905e
NC		 6427#ifdef OBJ_ELF
6428/* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
6429 the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing. */
6430
6431static void
6432hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (void)
6433{
6434 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
6435 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
6436 char *name;
6437
6438 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
6439 {
6440 /* We have already warned about a missing label,
6441 or other problems. */
6442 return;
6443 }
6444
6445 name = xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_")
6446 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol))
6447 + 1);
6448 if (name)
6449 {
6450 symbolS *symbolP;
6451
6452 strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
6453 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
6454
6455 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
6456 symbol will have already been defined. */
6457 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
6458 if (symbolP)
6459 {
6460 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
6461 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
6462
6463 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
6464 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
6465 xfree (name);
6466 }
6467 else
6468 {
6469 /* symbol value should be the offset of the
6470 last instruction of the function */
6471 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
6472 frag_now);
6473
9c2799c2 6474 gas_assert (symbolP);
9b52905e
NC		 6475 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
6476 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
6477 }
6478
6479 if (symbolP)
6480 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
6481 else
6482 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
6483
6484 }
6485 else
6486 as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name."));
6487}
6488#endif
6489
252b5132
RH		 6490/* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
6491 usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6492 symbols to mark the end of the function. */
6493
6494static void
9b52905e 6495process_exit (void)
252b5132
RH		 6496{
6497 char *where;
6498
6499 where = frag_more (0);
6500
6501#ifdef OBJ_ELF
6502 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6503 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6504 to add an entry in the unwind table. */
6505 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6506 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6507#else
6508 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6509 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6510 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6511 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6512
6513 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6514 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6515 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6516 denote the entry and exit points. */
6517 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6518 NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6519 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
da6c73e0 6520 UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor));
252b5132
RH		 6521#endif
6522}
6523
6524/* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
6525
6526static void
9b52905e 6527pa_exit (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132 6528{
49863f82 6529#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 6530 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6531 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 6532#endif
252b5132
RH		 6533
6534 if (!within_procedure)
6535 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6536 else
6537 {
6538 if (!callinfo_found)
6539 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6540 else
6541 {
6542 if (!within_entry_exit)
6543 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6544 else
6545 {
6546 within_entry_exit = FALSE;
6547 process_exit ();
6548 }
6549 }
6550 }
6551 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6552}
6553
252b5132
RH		 6554/* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
6555
6556static void
9b52905e 6557pa_type_args (symbolS *symbolP, int is_export)
252b5132
RH		 6558{
6559 char *name, c, *p;
6560 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6561 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
904a31bf 6562 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
252b5132
RH		 6563
6564 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
252b5132
RH		 6565 {
6566 input_line_pointer += 8;
904a31bf 6567 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
252b5132
RH		 6568 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6569 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6570 }
6571 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6572 {
6573 input_line_pointer += 4;
6574 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
4e3b43ed 6575 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
252b5132 6576
4e3b43ed
AM		 6577 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6578 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6579 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
a0f75b47 6580 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
252b5132
RH		 6581 {
6582 if (is_export)
a0f75b47
ILT		 6583 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6584 S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
252b5132 6585
904a31bf 6586 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
252b5132
RH		 6587 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6588 }
6589 else
6590 {
904a31bf 6591 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
252b5132
RH		 6592 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6593 }
6594 }
6595 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6596 {
6597 input_line_pointer += 4;
904a31bf
AM		 6598 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6599 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
252b5132
RH		 6600 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6601 }
6602 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6603 {
6604 input_line_pointer += 5;
904a31bf 6605 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
252b5132
RH		 6606 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6607 }
6608 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6609 {
6610 input_line_pointer += 9;
904a31bf
AM		 6611 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6612#ifdef OBJ_ELF
6613 {
6614 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
6615 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
6616 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
6617 STT_PARISC_MILLI);
6618 }
6619#endif
252b5132
RH		 6620 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6621 }
6622 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6623 {
6624 input_line_pointer += 6;
904a31bf 6625 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
252b5132
RH		 6626 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6627 }
6628 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6629 {
6630 input_line_pointer += 8;
904a31bf 6631 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
252b5132
RH		 6632 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6633 }
6634 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6635 {
6636 input_line_pointer += 8;
904a31bf 6637 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
252b5132
RH		 6638 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6639 }
6640
6641 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6642 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
6643 to the SOM BFD backend. */
6644#ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
904a31bf 6645 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
252b5132
RH		 6646#endif
6647
6648 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6649 handle any argument relocation information. */
6650 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6651 {
6652 if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6653 input_line_pointer++;
6654 name = input_line_pointer;
6655 c = get_symbol_end ();
6656 /* Argument sources. */
6657 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6658 {
6659 p = input_line_pointer;
6660 *p = c;
6661 input_line_pointer++;
6662 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6663 name = input_line_pointer;
6664 c = get_symbol_end ();
6665 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
25a8b250 6666#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
ad1079af 6667 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
49863f82 6668#endif
252b5132
RH		 6669 *input_line_pointer = c;
6670 }
6671 /* The return value. */
6672 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6673 {
6674 p = input_line_pointer;
6675 *p = c;
6676 input_line_pointer++;
6677 name = input_line_pointer;
6678 c = get_symbol_end ();
6679 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
25a8b250 6680#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
ad1079af 6681 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
49863f82 6682#endif
252b5132
RH		 6683 *input_line_pointer = c;
6684 }
0234cb7c 6685 /* Privilege level. */
252b5132
RH		 6686 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6687 {
9b52905e
NC		 6688 p = input_line_pointer;
6689 *p = c;
6690 input_line_pointer++;
6691 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
6692#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6693 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
6694#endif
6695 c = get_symbol_end ();
6696 *input_line_pointer = c;
6697 }
6698 else
6699 {
6700 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6701 p = input_line_pointer;
6702 *p = c;
6703 }
6704 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6705 input_line_pointer++;
6706 }
6707}
6708
6709/* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
6710 and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6711 to callers. */
6712
6713static void
6714pa_export (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6715{
6716 char *name, c, *p;
6717 symbolS *symbol;
6718
6719 name = input_line_pointer;
6720 c = get_symbol_end ();
6721 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
6722 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6723 {
6724 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6725 p = input_line_pointer;
6726 *p = c;
6727 input_line_pointer++;
6728 }
6729 else
6730 {
6731 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
4e3b43ed
AM		 6732 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6733 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6734 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
6735 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
9b52905e
NC		 6736 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6737 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6738 p = input_line_pointer;
6739 *p = c;
6740 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6741 {
252b5132 6742 input_line_pointer++;
9b52905e 6743 pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
252b5132 6744 }
252b5132 6745 }
9b52905e
NC		 6746
6747 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
252b5132
RH		 6748}
6749
6750/* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
6751 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6752 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
6753
6754static void
9b52905e 6755pa_import (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132
RH		 6756{
6757 char *name, c, *p;
6758 symbolS *symbol;
6759
6760 name = input_line_pointer;
6761 c = get_symbol_end ();
6762
6763 symbol = symbol_find (name);
6764 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6765 in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6766 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
6767 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6768 {
6769 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6770 p = input_line_pointer;
6771 *p = c;
6772
6773 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6774 {
6775 input_line_pointer++;
6776 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6777 }
6778 else
6779 {
0234cb7c 6780 /* Sigh. To be compatible with the HP assembler and to help
252b5132 6781 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
b6ff326e 6782 the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
252b5132
RH		 6783 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
6784 if (now_seg == text_section)
a0f75b47 6785 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
252b5132
RH		 6786
6787 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6788 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
6789 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6790 }
6791 }
6792 else
6793 {
6794 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
6795 the end of the current statement. */
6796 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6797 input_line_pointer++;
6798 }
6799
6800 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6801}
6802
6803/* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
6804
6805static void
9b52905e 6806pa_label (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132
RH		 6807{
6808 char *name, c, *p;
6809
6810 name = input_line_pointer;
6811 c = get_symbol_end ();
6812
6813 if (strlen (name) > 0)
6814 {
6815 colon (name);
6816 p = input_line_pointer;
6817 *p = c;
6818 }
6819 else
6820 {
6821 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6822 }
6823
6824 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6825 {
6826 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6827 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6828 }
6829 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6830}
6831
6832/* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
6833
6834static void
9b52905e 6835pa_leave (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132 6836{
49863f82 6837#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 6838 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6839 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 6840#endif
252b5132
RH		 6841
6842 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6843 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6844}
6845
6846/* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
6847
6848static void
9b52905e 6849pa_level (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132
RH		 6850{
6851 char *level;
6852
6853 level = input_line_pointer;
6854 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
6855 {
6856 input_line_pointer += 3;
6857 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6858 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6859 }
6860 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
6861 {
6862 input_line_pointer += 3;
6863 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6864 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6865 }
46031ca9
JL		 6866 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
6867 {
6868 input_line_pointer += 4;
6869 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6870 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6871 }
252b5132
RH		 6872 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
6873 {
6874 input_line_pointer += 3;
6875 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6876 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6877 }
6878 else
6879 {
6880 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6881 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6882 }
6883 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6884}
6885
6886/* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
6887
6888static void
9b52905e 6889pa_origin (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132 6890{
49863f82 6891#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 6892 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6893 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 6894#endif
252b5132
RH		 6895
6896 s_org (0);
6897 pa_undefine_label ();
6898}
6899
6900/* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6901 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
6902
6903static void
9b52905e 6904pa_param (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132
RH		 6905{
6906 char *name, c, *p;
6907 symbolS *symbol;
6908
6909 name = input_line_pointer;
6910 c = get_symbol_end ();
6911
6912 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6913 {
6914 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
6915 p = input_line_pointer;
6916 *p = c;
6917 input_line_pointer++;
6918 }
6919 else
6920 {
6921 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6922 p = input_line_pointer;
6923 *p = c;
6924 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6925 {
6926 input_line_pointer++;
6927 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6928 }
6929 }
6930
6931 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6932}
6933
6934/* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
ad1079af 6935 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
252b5132
RH		 6936
6937static void
9b52905e 6938pa_proc (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132
RH		 6939{
6940 struct call_info *call_info;
6941
49863f82 6942#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 6943 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6944 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 6945#endif
252b5132
RH		 6946
6947 if (within_procedure)
6948 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
6949
6950 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
6951 callinfo_found = FALSE;
6952 within_procedure = TRUE;
6953
6954 /* Create another call_info structure. */
9b52905e 6955 call_info = xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
252b5132
RH		 6956
6957 if (!call_info)
6958 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
6959
6960 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
6961
6962 call_info->ci_next = NULL;
6963
6964 if (call_info_root == NULL)
6965 {
6966 call_info_root = call_info;
6967 last_call_info = call_info;
6968 }
6969 else
6970 {
6971 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
6972 last_call_info = call_info;
6973 }
6974
6975 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
6976
6977 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
6978 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
6979 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
6980
6981 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
6982 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
6983 {
6984 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6985
6986 if (label_symbol)
6987 {
6988 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
6989 {
6990 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
a0f75b47 6991 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
252b5132
RH		 6992 }
6993 else
6994 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
6995 }
6996 else
6997 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
6998 }
6999
7000 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7001}
7002
0234cb7c 7003/* Process the syntactical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
252b5132
RH		 7004 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
7005
7006static void
9b52905e 7007pa_procend (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132 7008{
49863f82 7009#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 7010 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7011 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 7012#endif
252b5132
RH		 7013
7014 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
7015 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
7016 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
7017
7018 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
7019 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
7020 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
7021 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
7022 {
7023 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7024
7025 if (label_symbol)
7026 {
7027 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7028 {
7029 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
a0f75b47
ILT		 7030 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
7031 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
252b5132
RH		 7032#ifdef OBJ_SOM
7033 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
7034 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
7035 if (within_entry_exit)
7036 {
da6c73e0
AM		 7037 char *where;
7038 unsigned int u;
252b5132 7039
da6c73e0
AM		 7040 where = frag_more (0);
7041 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
252b5132
RH		 7042 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7043 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
da6c73e0 7044 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
252b5132
RH		 7045 }
7046#endif
7047 }
7048 else
7049 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7050 }
7051 else
7052 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7053 }
7054
7055 if (!within_procedure)
7056 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7057
7058 if (!callinfo_found)
7059 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7060
7061 if (within_entry_exit)
7062 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7063
7064#ifdef OBJ_ELF
7065 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7066 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */
7067 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7068#endif
7069
7070 within_procedure = FALSE;
7071 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7072 pa_undefine_label ();
7073}
7074
3f9b03b5 7075#ifdef OBJ_SOM
49863f82
JL		 7076/* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7077 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
7078
7079static int
9b52905e 7080exact_log2 (int value)
49863f82
JL		 7081{
7082 int shift = 0;
7083
7084 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7085 shift++;
7086
7087 if (shift >= 32)
7088 return -1;
7089 else
7090 return shift;
7091}
7092
49863f82
JL		 7093/* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
7094
7095static void
9b52905e 7096pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void)
49863f82
JL		 7097{
7098 if (current_space == NULL)
7099 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7100
7101 if (current_subspace == NULL)
7102 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7103}
7104
252b5132
RH		 7105/* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7106 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7107 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
7108
7109static sd_chain_struct *
9b52905e 7110pa_parse_space_stmt (char *space_name, int create_flag)
252b5132
RH		 7111{
7112 char *name, *ptemp, c;
7113 char loadable, defined, private, sort;
ecacdc7a 7114 int spnum;
252b5132
RH		 7115 asection *seg = NULL;
7116 sd_chain_struct *space;
7117
9b52905e 7118 /* Load default values. */
252b5132
RH		 7119 spnum = 0;
7120 sort = 0;
7121 loadable = TRUE;
7122 defined = TRUE;
7123 private = FALSE;
7124 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7125 {
7126 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7127 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7128 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7129 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7130 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7131 }
7132 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7133 {
7134 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7135 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7136 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7137 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7138 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7139 }
7140
7141 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7142 {
7143 print_errors = FALSE;
7144 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7145 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
4e3b43ed
AM		 7146 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7147 the line should be ignored. */
ecacdc7a
AM		 7148 strict = 0;
7149 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7150 if (pa_number >= 0)
252b5132 7151 {
ecacdc7a 7152 spnum = pa_number;
252b5132
RH		 7153 input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7154 }
7155 else
7156 {
7157 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7158 {
7159 input_line_pointer++;
7160 name = input_line_pointer;
7161 c = get_symbol_end ();
7162 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7163 {
7164 *input_line_pointer = c;
7165 input_line_pointer++;
7166 spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7167 }
7168 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7169 {
7170 *input_line_pointer = c;
7171 input_line_pointer++;
7172 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7173 }
7174 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7175 {
7176 *input_line_pointer = c;
7177 loadable = FALSE;
7178 }
7179 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7180 {
7181 *input_line_pointer = c;
7182 defined = FALSE;
7183 }
7184 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7185 {
7186 *input_line_pointer = c;
7187 private = TRUE;
7188 }
7189 else
7190 {
7191 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7192 *input_line_pointer = c;
7193 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7194 input_line_pointer++;
7195 }
7196 }
7197 }
7198 print_errors = TRUE;
7199 }
7200
7201 if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7202 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7203
7204 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7205 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
7206 an already existing space -- this can only happen for
0234cb7c 7207 the first occurrence of a built-in space. */
252b5132
RH		 7208 if (create_flag)
7209 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7210 private, sort, seg, 1);
7211 else
7212 {
7213 space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7214 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7215 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7216 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7217 }
7218
7219#ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7220 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7221#endif
7222
7223 return space;
7224}
7225
7226/* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7227 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
7228
7229static void
9b52905e 7230pa_space (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132
RH		 7231{
7232 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
252b5132
RH		 7233 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7234
7235 if (within_procedure)
7236 {
7237 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7238 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7239 }
7240 else
7241 {
7242 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
4e3b43ed
AM		 7243 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7244 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
252b5132
RH		 7245 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7246 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
7247 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
7248 {
7249 input_line_pointer += 6;
7250 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7251 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7252 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7253 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7254 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7255
7256 current_space = sd_chain;
7257 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7258 current_subspace
7259 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7260 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7261 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7262 return;
7263 }
7264 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
7265 {
7266 input_line_pointer += 9;
7267 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7268 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7269 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7270 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7271 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7272
7273 current_space = sd_chain;
7274 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7275 current_subspace
7276 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7277 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7278 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7279 return;
7280 }
7281 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7282 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7283 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7284 {
7285 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7286 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7287 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7288 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7289 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7290 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7291
7292 current_space = sd_chain;
7293
7294 {
7295 asection *gdb_section
7296 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7297
7298 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7299 current_subspace
7300 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7301 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7302 }
7303 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7304 return;
7305 }
7306
7307 /* It could be a space specified by number. */
7308 print_errors = 0;
7309 save_s = input_line_pointer;
ecacdc7a
AM		 7310 strict = 0;
7311 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
7312 if (pa_number >= 0)
252b5132 7313 {
ecacdc7a 7314 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
252b5132
RH		 7315 {
7316 current_space = sd_chain;
7317
7318 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7319 current_subspace
7320 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7321 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7322 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7323 return;
7324 }
7325 }
7326
7327 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
7328 print_errors = 1;
7329 input_line_pointer = save_s;
7330 name = input_line_pointer;
7331 c = get_symbol_end ();
7332 space_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7333 strcpy (space_name, name);
7334 *input_line_pointer = c;
7335
7336 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7337 current_space = sd_chain;
7338
7339 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7340 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7341 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7342 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7343 }
7344}
7345
7346/* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
7347
7348static void
9b52905e 7349pa_spnum (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132
RH		 7350{
7351 char *name;
7352 char c;
7353 char *p;
7354 sd_chain_struct *space;
7355
7356 name = input_line_pointer;
7357 c = get_symbol_end ();
7358 space = is_defined_space (name);
7359 if (space)
7360 {
7361 p = frag_more (4);
7362 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7363 }
7364 else
7365 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7366
7367 *input_line_pointer = c;
7368 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7369}
7370
252b5132
RH		 7371/* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7372 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7373
7374 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7375 they're broken up into subroutines. */
7376
7377static void
9b52905e 7378pa_subspace (int create_new)
252b5132 7379{
49863f82 7380 char *name, *ss_name, c;
351e2b5a 7381 char loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
fd4db1a1 7382 int i, access_ctr, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
252b5132
RH		 7383 sd_chain_struct *space;
7384 ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7385 asection *section;
7386
7387 if (current_space == NULL)
7388 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7389
7390 if (within_procedure)
7391 {
7392 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7393 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7394 }
7395 else
7396 {
7397 name = input_line_pointer;
7398 c = get_symbol_end ();
7399 ss_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7400 strcpy (ss_name, name);
7401 *input_line_pointer = c;
7402
7403 /* Load default values. */
7404 sort = 0;
fd4db1a1 7405 access_ctr = 0x7f;
252b5132 7406 loadable = 1;
351e2b5a 7407 comdat = 0;
252b5132
RH		 7408 common = 0;
7409 dup_common = 0;
7410 code_only = 0;
7411 zero = 0;
7412 space_index = ~0;
7413 alignment = 1;
7414 quadrant = 0;
252b5132
RH		 7415
7416 space = current_space;
7417 if (create_new)
7418 ssd = NULL;
7419 else
7420 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7421 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
4e3b43ed 7422 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
252b5132
RH		 7423 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7424 {
7425 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7426 current_subspace = ssd;
7427 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7428 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7429 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7430 return;
7431 }
7432 else
7433 {
7434 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
7435 the builtin subspaces. */
7436 i = 0;
7437 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7438 {
7439 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7440 {
7441 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
351e2b5a 7442 comdat = pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat;
252b5132
RH		 7443 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7444 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7445 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7446 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7447 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7448 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7449 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
fd4db1a1 7450 access_ctr = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
252b5132 7451 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
252b5132
RH		 7452 break;
7453 }
7454 i++;
7455 }
7456 }
7457
7458 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
4e3b43ed 7459 any information as specified by the user. */
252b5132
RH		 7460 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7461 {
7462 input_line_pointer++;
7463 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7464 {
7465 name = input_line_pointer;
7466 c = get_symbol_end ();
7467 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7468 {
7469 *input_line_pointer = c;
7470 input_line_pointer++;
7471 quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7472 }
7473 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7474 {
7475 *input_line_pointer = c;
7476 input_line_pointer++;
7477 alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
b8fc22bc 7478 if (exact_log2 (alignment) == -1)
252b5132
RH		 7479 {
7480 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7481 alignment = 1;
7482 }
7483 }
7484 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7485 {
7486 *input_line_pointer = c;
7487 input_line_pointer++;
fd4db1a1 7488 access_ctr = get_absolute_expression ();
252b5132
RH		 7489 }
7490 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7491 {
7492 *input_line_pointer = c;
7493 input_line_pointer++;
7494 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7495 }
7496 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7497 {
7498 *input_line_pointer = c;
7499 code_only = 1;
7500 }
7501 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7502 {
7503 *input_line_pointer = c;
7504 loadable = 0;
7505 }
351e2b5a
DA		 7506 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "comdat", 6) == 0))
7507 {
7508 *input_line_pointer = c;
7509 comdat = 1;
7510 }
252b5132
RH		 7511 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7512 {
7513 *input_line_pointer = c;
7514 common = 1;
7515 }
7516 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7517 {
7518 *input_line_pointer = c;
7519 dup_common = 1;
7520 }
7521 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7522 {
7523 *input_line_pointer = c;
7524 zero = 1;
7525 }
7526 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7527 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7528 else
7529 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7530 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7531 input_line_pointer++;
7532 }
7533 }
7534
7535 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
4e3b43ed 7536 in the .subspace directive. */
252b5132
RH		 7537 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7538 flags = 0;
7539 if (loadable)
7540 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7541 if (code_only)
7542 flags |= SEC_CODE;
351e2b5a
DA		 7543
7544 /* These flags are used to implement various flavors of initialized
7545 common. The SOM linker discards duplicate subspaces when they
7546 have the same "key" symbol name. This support is more like
7547 GNU linkonce than BFD common. Further, pc-relative relocations
7548 are converted to section relative relocations in BFD common
7549 sections. This complicates the handling of relocations in
7550 common sections containing text and isn't currently supported
7551 correctly in the SOM BFD backend. */
7552 if (comdat || common || dup_common)
7553 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE;
252b5132
RH		 7554
7555 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7556
7557 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
7558 if (zero)
7559 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7560
7561 applicable &= flags;
7562
7563 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
4e3b43ed 7564 segment already associated with the subspace.
252b5132 7565
4e3b43ed
AM		 7566 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7567 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7568 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
7569 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
252b5132
RH		 7570 if (create_new)
7571 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7572 else if (ssd)
7573 section = ssd->ssd_seg;
252b5132
RH		 7574 else
7575 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7576
7577 if (zero)
7578 seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7579
7580 /* Now set the flags. */
7581 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
7582
7583 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */
b8fc22bc 7584 record_alignment (section, exact_log2 (alignment));
252b5132
RH		 7585
7586 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */
7587 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
7588 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7589
7590 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
4e3b43ed 7591 or create a new one. */
252b5132
RH		 7592 if (ssd)
7593
7594 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
351e2b5a 7595 code_only, comdat, common,
fd4db1a1 7596 dup_common, sort, zero, access_ctr,
351e2b5a 7597 space_index, alignment, quadrant,
252b5132
RH		 7598 section);
7599 else
7600 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
351e2b5a 7601 code_only, comdat, common,
252b5132 7602 dup_common, zero, sort,
fd4db1a1 7603 access_ctr, space_index,
351e2b5a 7604 alignment, quadrant, section);
252b5132
RH		 7605
7606 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7607 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7608 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7609 }
7610 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7611}
7612
252b5132
RH		 7613/* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
7614
7615static void
9b52905e 7616pa_spaces_begin (void)
252b5132
RH		 7617{
7618 int i;
7619
7620 space_dict_root = NULL;
7621 space_dict_last = NULL;
7622
7623 i = 0;
7624 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7625 {
7626 char *name;
7627
7628 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
49863f82 7629 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
252b5132
RH		 7630
7631 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7632 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7633 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7634 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7635 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7636 i++;
7637 }
7638
7639 i = 0;
7640 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7641 {
7642 char *name;
7643 int applicable, subsegment;
7644 asection *segment = NULL;
7645 sd_chain_struct *space;
7646
7647 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
4e3b43ed 7648 subsegment number. */
49863f82
JL		 7649 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7650 subsegment = 0;
252b5132
RH		 7651
7652 /* Create the new section. */
7653 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7654
252b5132 7655 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
4e3b43ed 7656 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
252b5132 7657 all the built-in subspaces. */
49863f82 7658 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
252b5132
RH		 7659 {
7660 text_section = segment;
7661 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7662 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7663 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7664 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7665 | SEC_READONLY
7666 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7667 }
49863f82 7668 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
252b5132
RH		 7669 {
7670 data_section = segment;
7671 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7672 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7673 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7674 | SEC_RELOC
7675 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7676
252b5132 7677 }
49863f82 7678 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
252b5132
RH		 7679 {
7680 bss_section = segment;
7681 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7682 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7683 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7684 }
49863f82 7685 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
252b5132
RH		 7686 {
7687 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7688 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7689 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7690 | SEC_RELOC
7691 | SEC_READONLY
7692 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7693 }
49863f82 7694 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
252b5132
RH		 7695 {
7696 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7697 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7698 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7699 | SEC_RELOC
7700 | SEC_READONLY
7701 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7702 }
49863f82 7703 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
252b5132
RH		 7704 {
7705 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7706 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7707 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7708 | SEC_RELOC
7709 | SEC_READONLY
7710 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7711 }
7712
7713 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
7714 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7715 def_space_index].segment);
7716 if (space == NULL)
7717 {
7718 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7719 pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7720 }
7721
7722 create_new_subspace (space, name,
7723 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7724 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
351e2b5a 7725 pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat,
252b5132
RH		 7726 pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7727 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7728 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7729 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7730 pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7731 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7732 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7733 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7734 segment);
7735 i++;
7736 }
7737}
7738
252b5132
RH		 7739/* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7740 by the given parameters. */
7741
7742static sd_chain_struct *
9b52905e
NC		 7743create_new_space (char *name,
7744 int spnum,
7745 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7746 int defined,
7747 int private,
7748 int sort,
7749 asection *seg,
7750 int user_defined)
252b5132
RH		 7751{
7752 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7753
9b52905e 7754 chain_entry = xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
252b5132
RH		 7755 if (!chain_entry)
7756 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"),
7757 name);
7758
9b52905e 7759 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
252b5132
RH		 7760 strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7761 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7762 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7763 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7764
7765 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7766 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7767 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7768 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7769
7770 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
7771 if (!space_dict_last)
7772 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7773
7774 if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7775 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7776 else
7777 {
7778 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7779 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7780
7781 chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7782 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7783
7784 while (chain_pointer)
7785 {
7786 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7787 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7788 }
7789
7790 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
4e3b43ed 7791 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
252b5132
RH		 7792 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7793 {
7794 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7795 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7796 }
7797 else
7798 {
7799 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7800 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7801 }
7802
7803 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7804 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7805 }
7806
7807 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7808 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
7809 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7810 the user modifies a predefined space. */
7811#ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7812 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7813#endif
7814
7815 return chain_entry;
7816}
7817
7818/* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7819 by the given parameters.
7820
7821 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7822 order as defined by the SORT entries. */
7823
7824static ssd_chain_struct *
9b52905e
NC		 7825create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
7826 char *name,
7827 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7828 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7829 int comdat,
7830 int common,
7831 int dup_common,
7832 int is_zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7833 int sort,
fd4db1a1 7834 int access_ctr,
9b52905e
NC		 7835 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7836 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7837 int quadrant,
7838 asection *seg)
252b5132
RH		 7839{
7840 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7841
9b52905e 7842 chain_entry = xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
252b5132
RH		 7843 if (!chain_entry)
7844 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name);
7845
9b52905e 7846 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
252b5132
RH		 7847 strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7848
7849 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
7850 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
7851 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7852
49863f82 7853 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
252b5132
RH		 7854 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7855 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7856
7857 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
7858 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7859 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7860 else
7861 {
7862 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7863 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7864
7865 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7866 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7867
7868 while (chain_pointer)
7869 {
7870 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7871 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7872 }
7873
7874 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
4e3b43ed 7875 the links. */
252b5132
RH		 7876 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7877 {
7878 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7879 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7880 }
7881 else
7882 {
7883 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7884 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7885 }
7886 }
7887
7888#ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
fd4db1a1 7889 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort,
351e2b5a 7890 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
252b5132
RH		 7891#endif
7892
7893 return chain_entry;
7894}
7895
7896/* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7897 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
7898
7899static ssd_chain_struct *
9b52905e
NC		 7900update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
7901 char *name,
7902 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7903 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7904 int comdat,
7905 int common,
7906 int dup_common,
7907 int sort,
7908 int zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
fd4db1a1 7909 int access_ctr,
9b52905e
NC		 7910 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7911 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7912 int quadrant,
7913 asection *section)
252b5132
RH		 7914{
7915 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7916
7917 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
7918
7919#ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
fd4db1a1 7920 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort,
351e2b5a 7921 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
252b5132
RH		 7922#endif
7923
7924 return chain_entry;
7925}
7926
7927/* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
7928 NULL if no such space exists. */
7929
7930static sd_chain_struct *
9b52905e 7931is_defined_space (char *name)
252b5132
RH		 7932{
7933 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7934
7935 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7936 chain_pointer;
7937 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
9b52905e
NC		 7938 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
7939 return chain_pointer;
252b5132
RH		 7940
7941 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
7942 return NULL;
7943}
7944
7945/* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
7946 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
7947
7948 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
7949 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
7950
7951static sd_chain_struct *
9b52905e 7952pa_segment_to_space (asection *seg)
252b5132
RH		 7953{
7954 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7955
7956 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
7957 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7958 space_chain;
7959 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
9b52905e
NC		 7960 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
7961 return space_chain;
252b5132
RH		 7962
7963 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
7964 return NULL;
7965}
7966
e12904d2
DA		 7967/* Return the first space chain entry for the subspace with the name
7968 NAME or NULL if no such subspace exists.
252b5132 7969
e12904d2
DA		 7970 When there are multiple subspaces with the same name, switching to
7971 the first (i.e., default) subspace is preferable in most situations.
7972 For example, it wouldn't be desirable to merge COMDAT data with non
7973 COMDAT data.
9b52905e 7974
252b5132
RH		 7975 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
7976 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
7977 own subspace. */
7978
7979static ssd_chain_struct *
9b52905e 7980is_defined_subspace (char *name)
252b5132
RH		 7981{
7982 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7983 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
7984
7985 /* Walk through each space. */
7986 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7987 space_chain;
7988 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7989 {
7990 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
7991 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
7992 subspace_chain;
7993 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
7994 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
7995 return subspace_chain;
7996 }
7997
7998 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
7999 return NULL;
8000}
8001
8002/* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
8003 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
8004
8005 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
8006 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
8007 to become more efficient. */
8008
8009static ssd_chain_struct *
9b52905e 8010pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *seg, subsegT subseg)
252b5132
RH		 8011{
8012 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8013 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8014
8015 /* Walk through each space. */
8016 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8017 space_chain;
8018 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8019 {
8020 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8021 {
8022 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
8023 the correct mapping. */
8024 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8025 subspace_chain;
8026 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8027 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
8028 return subspace_chain;
8029 }
8030 }
8031
8032 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
8033 return NULL;
8034}
8035
8036/* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
8037
8038 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
8039 that was found or NULL on failure. */
8040
8041static sd_chain_struct *
9b52905e 8042pa_find_space_by_number (int number)
252b5132
RH		 8043{
8044 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8045
8046 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8047 space_chain;
8048 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8049 {
8050 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
8051 return space_chain;
8052 }
8053
8054 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
8055 return NULL;
8056}
8057
8058/* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
8059 address is unknown then return zero. */
8060
8061static unsigned int
9b52905e 8062pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *space, int quadrant)
252b5132 8063{
252b5132
RH		 8064 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8065 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
8066 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8067 return 0x40000000;
8068 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8069 return 0x40000000;
8070 else
8071 return 0;
252b5132
RH		 8072 return 0;
8073}
49863f82 8074#endif
252b5132
RH		 8075
8076/* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
8077 a string. */
8078
8079static unsigned int
9b52905e 8080pa_stringer_aux (char *s)
252b5132
RH		 8081{
8082 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8083
252b5132
RH		 8084 switch (c)
8085 {
8086 case '\"':
8087 c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8088 break;
8089 default:
8090 break;
8091 }
8092 return c;
8093}
8094
8095/* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
8096
8097static void
9b52905e 8098pa_stringer (int append_zero)
252b5132
RH		 8099{
8100 char *s, num_buf[4];
8101 unsigned int c;
8102 int i;
8103
8104 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
ad1079af 8105 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
252b5132
RH		 8106 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
8107
ad1079af
AM		 8108#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8109 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8110 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8111#endif
8112
252b5132
RH		 8113 /* Skip the opening quote. */
8114 s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8115
8116 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8117 {
8118 if (c == '\\')
8119 {
8120 c = *s;
8121 switch (c)
8122 {
8123 /* Handle \x<num>. */
8124 case 'x':
8125 {
8126 unsigned int number;
8127 int num_digit;
8128 char dg;
8129 char *s_start = s;
8130
ad1079af 8131 /* Get past the 'x'. */
252b5132
RH		 8132 s++;
8133 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8134 num_digit < 2
3882b010 8135 && (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
252b5132
RH		 8136 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8137 num_digit++)
8138 {
3882b010 8139 if (ISDIGIT (dg))
252b5132
RH		 8140 number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8141 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8142 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8143 else
8144 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8145
8146 s++;
8147 dg = *s;
8148 }
8149 if (num_digit > 0)
8150 {
8151 switch (num_digit)
8152 {
8153 case 1:
8154 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8155 break;
8156 case 2:
8157 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8158 break;
8159 }
8160 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8161 s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8162 }
8163 break;
8164 }
8165 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
8166 default:
8167 s++;
8168 break;
8169 }
8170 }
8171 }
38a57ae7 8172 stringer (8 + append_zero);
252b5132
RH		 8173 pa_undefine_label ();
8174}
8175
8176/* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
8177
8178static void
9b52905e 8179pa_version (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132
RH		 8180{
8181 obj_version (0);
8182 pa_undefine_label ();
8183}
8184
8185#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8186
8187/* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
8188
8189static void
9b52905e 8190pa_compiler (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132
RH		 8191{
8192 obj_som_compiler (0);
8193 pa_undefine_label ();
8194}
8195
8196#endif
8197
8198/* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
8199
8200static void
9b52905e 8201pa_copyright (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132
RH		 8202{
8203 obj_copyright (0);
8204 pa_undefine_label ();
8205}
8206
8207/* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8208 the latest space label. */
8209
8210static void
9b52905e 8211pa_cons (int nbytes)
252b5132
RH		 8212{
8213 cons (nbytes);
8214 pa_undefine_label ();
8215}
8216
252b5132
RH		 8217/* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
8218
8219static void
9b52905e 8220pa_float_cons (int float_type)
252b5132
RH		 8221{
8222 float_cons (float_type);
8223 pa_undefine_label ();
8224}
8225
8226/* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
8227
8228static void
9b52905e 8229pa_fill (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132 8230{
49863f82 8231#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 8232 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8233 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 8234#endif
252b5132
RH		 8235
8236 s_fill (0);
8237 pa_undefine_label ();
8238}
8239
8240/* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
8241
8242static void
9b52905e 8243pa_lcomm (int needs_align)
252b5132 8244{
49863f82 8245#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 8246 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8247 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 8248#endif
252b5132
RH		 8249
8250 s_lcomm (needs_align);
8251 pa_undefine_label ();
8252}
8253
8254/* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
8255
8256static void
9b52905e 8257pa_lsym (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132 8258{
49863f82 8259#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 8260 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8261 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 8262#endif
252b5132
RH		 8263
8264 s_lsym (0);
8265 pa_undefine_label ();
8266}
8267
9b52905e
NC		 8268/* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
8269 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
8270
8271void
8272md_begin (void)
8273{
8274 const char *retval = NULL;
8275 int lose = 0;
8276 unsigned int i = 0;
8277
8278 last_call_info = NULL;
8279 call_info_root = NULL;
8280
8281 /* Set the default machine type. */
8282 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL))
8283 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
8284
8285 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
8286 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
8287 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
8288 {
8289 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
8290 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
8291 }
8292
8293#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8294 pa_spaces_begin ();
8295#endif
8296
8297 op_hash = hash_new ();
8298
8299 while (i < NUMOPCODES)
8300 {
8301 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
8302
8303 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
8304 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
8305 {
8306 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
8307 lose = 1;
8308 }
8309
8310 do
8311 {
8312 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
8313 != pa_opcodes[i].match)
8314 {
8315 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
8316 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
8317 lose = 1;
8318 }
8319 ++i;
8320 }
8321 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
8322 }
8323
8324 if (lose)
8325 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
8326
8327#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8328 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
8329 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
8330 subseg_set (text_section, 0);
8331#endif
8332
8333#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8334 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
8335 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
8336 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
4e3b43ed 8337 symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol)->flags |= BSF_KEEP;
9b52905e
NC		 8338#endif
8339}
8340
252b5132
RH		 8341/* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8342 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8343 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8344
8345 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8346 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8347 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
8348 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8349 with the address of "foo").
8350
8351 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8352 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8353 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8354
8355 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8356 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8357 selectors).
8358
88856d20
DA		 8359 ??? Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
8360 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors. */
252b5132
RH		 8361
8362int
9b52905e 8363hppa_fix_adjustable (fixS *fixp)
252b5132 8364{
2337eb33 8365#ifdef OBJ_ELF
3dcfe21d 8366 reloc_type code;
2337eb33 8367#endif
252b5132
RH		 8368 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8369
8370 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8371
904a31bf 8372#ifdef OBJ_ELF
3dcfe21d
AM		 8373 /* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation
8374 types. We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below)
8375 even if they occur with a different selector. */
8376 code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type,
8377 hppa_fix->fx_r_format,
8378 hppa_fix->fx_r_field);
8379
8380 switch (code)
8381 {
8382 /* Relocation types which use e_lrsel. */
8383 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
3dcfe21d
AM		 8384 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
8385 case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
3dcfe21d
AM		 8386 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L:
8387
8388 /* Relocation types which use e_rrsel. */
8389 case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
8390 case R_PARISC_DIR14DR:
8391 case R_PARISC_DIR14WR:
8392 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
3dcfe21d
AM		 8393 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
8394 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR:
8395 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR:
8396 case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
8397 case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR:
8398 case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR:
40d74fb1
JL		 8399 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R:
8400 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR:
8401 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR:
3dcfe21d
AM		 8402
8403 /* Other types that we reject for reduction. */
8404 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY:
8405 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8406 return 0;
8407 default:
8408 break;
8409 }
5506e1a5 8410#endif
959ee541 8411
252b5132 8412 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
d53d2751 8413 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
252b5132
RH		 8414
8415 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8416 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8417 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
8418 if (fixp->fx_addsy
8419 && fixp->fx_subsy
8420 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
a161fe53 8421 return 0;
252b5132
RH		 8422
8423 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
1cd1c99b
AM		 8424
8425 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8426 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8427 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
8428 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8429 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8430 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8431 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8432 sum to the right value.
8433
8434 eg. Suppose we have
8435 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
8436 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
25a8b250
AM		 8437 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8438
8439 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8440 reducing to the section symbol we get
8441 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8442 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8443 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8444 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
0234cb7c 8445 multiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
25a8b250
AM		 8446
8447 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8448 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8449 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8450 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
1cd1c99b
AM		 8451 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
8452
252b5132
RH		 8453 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8454 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8455 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8456 return 0;
252b5132
RH		 8457
8458 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8459 relocations with plabels. */
8460 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8461 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8462 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8463 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8464 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8465 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8466 return 0;
8467
252b5132
RH		 8468 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
8469 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8470 return 0;
8471
8472 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
5506e1a5
AM		 8473 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
8474 return 0;
252b5132 8475
5506e1a5 8476 return 1;
252b5132
RH		 8477}
8478
8479/* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8480 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8481 within GAS. */
8482
8483int
9b52905e 8484hppa_force_relocation (struct fix *fixp)
252b5132
RH		 8485{
8486 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
252b5132
RH		 8487
8488 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8489#ifdef OBJ_SOM
ad1079af
AM		 8490 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8491 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8492 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8493 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8494 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8495 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
252b5132
RH		 8496 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8497 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8498 return 1;
8499#endif
904a31bf
AM		 8500#ifdef OBJ_ELF
8501 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8502 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8503 return 1;
5506e1a5
AM		 8504#endif
8505
9c2799c2 8506 gas_assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
252b5132 8507
9e754211
AM		 8508 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
8509 linking works. */
ae6063d4 8510 if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1))
9e754211
AM		 8511 return 1;
8512
252b5132 8513 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
b6ff326e 8514 entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long
9e754211 8515 call stub. */
5506e1a5
AM		 8516 if (fixp->fx_pcrel
8517 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8518 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
252b5132 8519 return 1;
ad1079af 8520
5506e1a5
AM		 8521 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
8522 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
8523 {
ec8b3afd
JL		 8524 long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp);
8525 valueT distance, min_stub_distance;
5506e1a5 8526
ec8b3afd
JL		 8527 distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8;
8528
8529 /* Distance to the closest possible stub. This will detect most
8530 but not all circumstances where a stub will not work. */
8531 min_stub_distance = pc + 16;
8532#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8533 if (last_call_info != NULL)
8534 min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol);
27df9f40 8535#endif
ec8b3afd
JL		 8536
8537 if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
8538 && min_stub_distance <= 8388608)
8539 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17
8540 && distance + 262144 >= 524288
8541 && min_stub_distance <= 262144)
8542 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12
8543 && distance + 8192 >= 16384
8544 && min_stub_distance <= 8192)
27df9f40 8545 )
5506e1a5
AM		 8546 return 1;
8547 }
252b5132 8548
ad1079af 8549 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
252b5132 8550 return 1;
252b5132
RH		 8551
8552 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
8553 return 0;
8554}
8555
8556/* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
8557#ifdef OBJ_ELF
252b5132
RH		 8558/* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
8559 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
8560 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8561 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
8562
8563void
9b52905e 8564elf_hppa_final_processing (void)
252b5132
RH		 8565{
8566 struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8567
8568 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8569 call_info_pointer;
8570 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8571 {
8572 elf_symbol_type *esym
a0f75b47
ILT		 8573 = ((elf_symbol_type *)
8574 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
252b5132
RH		 8575 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8576 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8577 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8578 }
8579}
2d93dcc4 8580
904a31bf 8581static void
9b52905e 8582pa_vtable_entry (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
904a31bf
AM		 8583{
8584 struct fix *new_fix;
8585
8586 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
8587
8588 if (new_fix)
8589 {
9b52905e
NC		 8590 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8591
904a31bf
AM		 8592 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8593 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8594 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8595 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8596 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8597 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8598 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
8599 }
8600}
8601
8602static void
9b52905e 8603pa_vtable_inherit (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
904a31bf
AM		 8604{
8605 struct fix *new_fix;
8606
8607 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
8608
8609 if (new_fix)
8610 {
9b52905e
NC		 8611 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8612
904a31bf
AM		 8613 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8614 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8615 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8616 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8617 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8618 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8619 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
8620 }
8621}
2d93dcc4 8622#endif
9b52905e
NC		 8623
8624/* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
8625 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
8626 dependent tables? */
8627const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
8628{
8629 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
8630 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
8631#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8632 {"align", pa_align, 8},
8633#endif
8634#ifdef OBJ_ELF
8635 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
8636#endif
8637 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
8638 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
8639 {"block", pa_block, 1},
8640 {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
8641 {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
8642 {"call", pa_call, 0},
8643 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
8644#if defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))
8645 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
8646#else
8647 {"code", pa_text, 0},
8648 {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
8649#endif
8650#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8651 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
8652#endif
8653 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
8654#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8655 {"data", pa_data, 0},
8656#endif
8657 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
8658 {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
8659 {"end", pa_end, 0},
8660 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
8661#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8662 {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
8663#endif
8664 {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
8665 {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
8666 {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
8667 {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
8668 {"export", pa_export, 0},
8669 {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
8670 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
8671 {"half", pa_cons, 2},
8672 {"import", pa_import, 0},
8673 {"int", pa_cons, 4},
8674 {"label", pa_label, 0},
8675 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
8676 {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
8677 {"level", pa_level, 0},
8678 {"long", pa_cons, 4},
8679 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
8680#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8681 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
8682#endif
8683 {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
8684 {"org", pa_origin, 0},
8685 {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
8686 {"param", pa_param, 0},
8687 {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
8688 {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
8689 {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
8690 {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
8691 {"short", pa_cons, 2},
8692 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
8693#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8694 {"space", pa_space, 0},
8695 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
8696#endif
8697 {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
8698 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
8699#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8700 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
8701#endif
8702#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8703 {"text", pa_text, 0},
8704#endif
8705 {"version", pa_version, 0},
8706#ifdef OBJ_ELF
8707 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
8708 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
8709#endif
8710 {"word", pa_cons, 4},
8711 {NULL, 0, 0}
8712};
c79b7c30
RC		 8713
8714#ifdef OBJ_ELF
8715void
8716hppa_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void)
8717{
8718 cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (30, 0);
8719}
8720
8721int
8722hppa_regname_to_dw2regnum (char *regname)
8723{
8724 unsigned int regnum = -1;
8725 unsigned int i;
8726 const char *p;
8727 char *q;
8728 static struct { char *name; int dw2regnum; } regnames[] =
8729 {
8730 { "sp", 30 }, { "rp", 2 },
8731 };
8732
8733 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (regnames); ++i)
8734 if (strcmp (regnames[i].name, regname) == 0)
8735 return regnames[i].dw2regnum;
8736
8737 if (regname[0] == 'r')
8738 {
8739 p = regname + 1;
8740 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10);
8741 if (p == q || *q || regnum >= 32)
8742 return -1;
8743 }
8744 else if (regname[0] == 'f' && regname[1] == 'r')
8745 {
8746 p = regname + 2;
8747 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10);
2b489661 8748#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
c79b7c30
RC		 8749 if (p == q || *q || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32)
8750 return -1;
8751 regnum += 32 - 4;
2b489661
DA		 8752#else
8753 if (p == q
8754 || (*q && ((*q != 'L' && *q != 'R') || *(q + 1)))
8755 || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32)
8756 return -1;
8757 regnum = (regnum - 4) * 2 + 32;
8758 if (*q == 'R')
8759 regnum++;
8760#endif
c79b7c30
RC		 8761 }
8762 return regnum;
8763}
8764#endif
Empty description
This page took 2.219444 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.